Quarterlytics / Financial Services / Banks - Regional / Norwood Financial Corp.

Norwood Financial Corp.

nwfl · NASDAQ Financial Services
Claim this profile
Ticker nwfl
Exchange NASDAQ
Sector Financial Services
Industry Banks - Regional
Employees 264
← All annual reports
FY2021 Annual Report · Norwood Financial Corp.
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
2021

A   P I L L A R   I N   O U R   C O M M U N I T I E S   F O R   1 5 0   Y E A R S

1871

2021

NORWOOD FINANCIAL CORPANNUAL REPORT1
2
0
2

P
R
O
C

L
A

I

C
N
A
N

I
F

D
O
O
W
R
O
N

DEAR STOCKHOLDERS,

We are pleased to share with you the Company’s performance and achievements in this Annual Report. 
For  the  year  ended  December  31,  2021,  net  income  totaled  a  record  level  of  $24,915,000,  an 
increase  of  $9,835,000  from  the  $15,080,000  earned  in  the  prior  year.  The  increase  reflects  the  benefits 
derived  from  the  acquisition  of  UpState  New  York  Bancorp,  Inc.  (“UpState”),  earnings  related  to  the 
Paycheck  Protection  Program  (“PPP”),  and  a  lower  level  of  the  provision  for  loan  losses.  Earnings 
per  share  on  a  fully  diluted  basis  were  $3.04  compared  to  $2.09  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2020. 
Our  earnings  for  2021  resulted  in  a  return  on  average  assets  of  1.24%,  and  a  return  on  average  tangible 
equity  of  14.49%,  compared  to  0.97%  and  10.16%,  respectively,  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2020.
We  also  increased  our  cash  dividend  declared  in  the  fourth  quarter  of  2021  to  $0.28  per  share, 
which  represents  a  7.7%  increase  compared  to  the  fourth  quarter  of  2020.  This  makes  30  consecutive 
years  of  an  increase  in  the  Company’s  cash  dividend,  a  remarkable  achievement.  We  believe  2021 
was  a  very  successful  year  for  the  Company.  I  encourage  you  to  read  the  Management’s  Discussion 
and  Analysis  and  the  Financial  Statement  with  Footnotes  for  a  full  report  on  our  performance.
The  year’s  most  exciting  news  was  the  celebration  of  Wayne  Bank’s  150-year  anniversary  on 
November  4.  We  honored  this  impressive  milestone  throughout  our  markets  with  product  promotions, 
a  custom  anniversary  logo,  giveaways  for  our  customers,  and  more.  Of  special  note,  was  a  congratulatory 
graphic  message  from  NASDAQ,  which  ran  on  the  NASDAQ  Tower  in  Times  Square  in  New  York 
City.  We  will  continue  the  celebration  through  November  2022.  The  longevity  of  the  Company 
demonstrates  our  commitment  to  serving  our  stockholders,  customers,  employees,  and  communities.
Last  year  was  also  the  Company’s  first  full  year  with  markets  made  up  of  30  Community  Offices 
across two states, ten counties, and three brands: Wayne Bank, Bank of Cooperstown, and Bank of the 

,,

WE ARE A COMMUNITY BANK THAT IS DEDICATED TO INVESTING 
IN THE RESIDENTS, BUSINESSES, AND ORGANIZATIONS WHO 
MAKE OUR COMMUNITIES A BETTER PLACE TO LIVE.”

NOVEMBER 4, 1871
Founded with the modest capital of 

$25,000 as Wayne County Savings Bank 

in the old Weston Building, the site of 

the former Erk Hardware Building, west 

of Main Street in the Keystone block.

1898
The Bank constructs a new larger 

building at 717 Main Street in 

Honesdale (current location).

LEWIS J. CRITELLI 
President and CEO

MILESTONES THROUGH THE YEARS

1875
The Bank moves into a new 

building on Main Street, 

due to rapid growth.

ANNUAL REPORT 
 
Finger Lakes. Though geographically and demographically diverse from one another, each of our 
Community  Offices  are  staffed  by  bankers  who  are  accessible,  knowledgeable,  and  committed 
to helping their neighbors, local businesses, and hometown organizations grow and thrive. This 
resulted in healthy growth for our deposit base and loan portfolio in 2021. Deposits now total over 
$1.7 billion and loans are $1.4 billion.

As the COVID-19 pandemic continued to affect our nation throughout 2021, we remained 
steadfast in our mission of supporting our customers, communities, and local businesses. We assisted 
over 1,900 local businesses in obtaining PPP loans to provide emergency relief to business owners. 
As an official Small Business Administration Lender, Wayne Bank supported existing customers, 
as well as other businesses across our markets, with over $156 million of loans funded. We assisted 
our customers in receiving loan forgiveness from the SBA with over 90% forgiven to date. We also 
continued our longstanding tradition of investing in our communities, by donating to hundreds of 
local schools, food banks, first responders, and neighborhood organizations. In addition, the Bank 
assisted many local governments and school districts to manage their funds.

Technology remained a priority for the Bank and customers appreciated the convenience of 
our free digital banking services, as usage increased significantly from the prior year. At the end of 
2021, Mobile Banking users totaled almost 40,000, an 18% increase, and Mobile Deposit Capture 
increased by 20% to almost 7,000 users. We also added a new service in the fourth quarter with the 
launch of Zelle®. Zelle® is a fast, safe, and easy way to send and receive money in minutes with 
friends, family, and businesses. Customers can easily access and register for Zelle® through Bill Pay 
in our online banking and mobile banking app, and many quickly signed up. 

Another  exciting  change  occurred  in  the  fourth  quarter  with  the  launch  of  Wayne  Bank’s  new 
website  at  wayne.bank.  The  website  includes  a  fresh,  modern  design  with  significant  usability  and 
accessibility improvements. I encourage you to visit this redesigned site on any of your devices.

Wayne Bank is committed to investing in the communities we serve, and the decision was made to 
relocate our Penn Yan, New York Community Office in the second half of 2022.  Once construction is 
completed, the new full-service office will feature a spacious and contemporary design with improved 
parking and drive-up banking services.  This will provide numerous benefits for our Penn Yan customers, 
staff, and the local community, and we are excited to complete this initiative.

1924
Construction is finished, and the new Bank 

is opened.  This building is still where Wayne 

Bank’s Main Office is located.  The vault 

costs $12,530 and is installed by the Herring-

Hall-Marvin Safe Company of New York 

City.  The vault is still in use today.

30 

OFFICES

2 

STATES

10 

COUNTIES

250+ 

EMPLOYEES

$2B 

ASSETS

1972
“Harris” Building, 

is purchased and 

demolished to add a 

multi-lane drive-thru 

to the Main Office.

1923
The present building proves to be too 

small, so a new building is constructed 

on the site of the present building.  

While it is being constructed, Bank 

business is conducted from the Dodge 

Hotel building at 913 Main Street.

1931
Wayne Bank acquires 

the Waymart State 

Bank in Waymart, PA

1954
Wayne Bank opens 

a new Waymart 

Community Office. 

1
2
0
2

P
R
O
C

L
A

I

C
N
A
N

I
F

D
O
O
W
R
O
N

THE FOUR PILLARS WAYNE BANK IS BUILT UPON

We believe in 
lending money 
to the local 
businesses and 
residents within 
the communities 
we serve.

We believe in 
funding those 
loans with 
local deposits 
gathered through 
our Community 
Offices.

We believe in 
operating as 
efficiently and 
effectively as
we can.

We believe in 
utilizing our 
capital to earn 
a return for our 
stockholders, 
customers, and 
communities.

The growth and prosperity of our organization has always been due to our outstanding employees, and we 
honored the dedication of those individuals who celebrated milestone years of service with Wayne Bank in 2021. 
Congratulations to Gail Simpson, Roscoe Community Office Head Teller, for her remarkable 50 years of service. 
Dawnette Hotaling, Senior Vice President and NY Retail Market Manager, also celebrated an impressive 40 years 
of service. Adding employees celebrating twenty, fifteen, ten, and five year anniversaries, the group represents 260 
years of community banking excellence.

The  year’s  progress  provided  many  opportunities  for  employee  growth  and  numerous  employees  were 
promoted for their hard work and dedication.  The most senior promotions included Vincent G. O’Bell to Senior 
Vice President and Chief Lending Officer, Steven Daniels to Senior Vice President and Retail Lending Manager, 
Jim King to Senior Vice President and Commercial Loan Officer, Michael Scaglione to Senior Vice President and 
Commercial Loan Officer, and Kara Suchy to Senior Vice President and Director of Internal Audit. In addition, we 
strengthened the Company with a number of strategic new hires including Michael Rollison, Senior Vice President 
and Commercial Team Leader for Wayne and Pike Counties, and Paul Dunda, Senior Vice President and Senior 
Operations Officer.

After  twelve  years  in  this  role,  I  will  retire  this  year  as  President  and  Chief  Executive  Officer  of  Norwood 
Financial Corp and Wayne Bank. It has been my sincere honor and privilege to serve this Company, our Board 
of  Directors,  stockholders,  employees,  customers,  and  communities.  I  am  fortunate  to  have  spent  twenty-seven 
remarkable years with Wayne Bank and will continue to serve as director of the Company and the Bank, following 
my retirement during the first half of 2022.

1980
A second Honesdale 

Community Office 

opens on Willow 

Avenue.

MILESTONES THROUGH THE YEARS

1996
Shohola and 

Lakewood

Community 

Offices open.  

1999
Stroud Mall Community 

Office opens. 

2006
Tannersville 

Community 

Office opens.

1985
Hawley Community 

1993
The Bank’s name is officially 

Office opens.

changed from Wayne County 

Bank and Trust to Wayne Bank.

Milford Community 

Office opens. 

1997
Wayne Bank offers Visa 

Debit Cards, eliminating 

the need for customers to 

carry cash or write checks 

when making a purchase.

2001
Teller computers are installed.  

Prior to this, teller work was 

done on calculators.

ANNUAL REPORT 
 
NORWOOD FINANCIAL CORP BOARD OF DIRECTORS

William W. Davis, Jr. 
William W. Davis, Jr. 
Chairman of the Board

Dr. Andrew A. Forte 
Dr. Andrew A. Forte 
Vice Chairman

Lewis J. Critelli 
Lewis J. Critelli 
President and CEO

Joseph W. Adams 
Joseph W. Adams 
Director

Susan Campfield 
Susan Campfield 
Director

Jeffrey Gifford
Jeffrey Gifford  
Director

Meg L. Hungerford 
Meg L. Hungerford 
Director

Kevin M. Lamont 
Kevin M. Lamont 
Director

Ralph A. Matergia, Esq. 
Ralph A. Matergia, Esq. 
Director

Alexandra Nolan
Alexandra Nolan  
Director

Dr. Kenneth A. Phillips 
Dr. Kenneth A. Phillips 
Director

Russell L. Ridd,
Russell L. Ridd,
Director Emeritus

The Board of Directors is currently undertaking a process to choose my successor and I am confident that the new President 
and CEO will continue to uphold the four pillars this Bank was built on: To lend money to the local businesses and residents 
within the communities we serve; To fund those loans with local deposits gathered through our Community Offices; to operate as 
efficiently and effectively as we can; and to utilize our capital to earn a return for our stockholders, customers, and communities.  
We truly appreciate the support and confidence of our stockholders. We thank you for your ownership interest in Norwood as 

we continue to work to enhance shareholder value. Please keep us in mind for all your financial needs.

2016
Wayne Bank acquires 

Delaware Bancshares, 

Inc. with 12 Community 

Offices in Delaware and 

Sullivan Counties, NY.

2011
Wayne Bank acquires 

North Penn Bancorp, 

Inc. and with it, the 

Central Scranton, Clarks 

Summit, and Effort 

Community Offices.

2013
Wayne Bank launches 

branded mobile app for 

smart phones and tablets.

LEWIS J. CRITELLI 
President and CEO

NOVEMBER 4,2021
Wayne Bank celebrates 150 years 

of serving our communities.

2020
Wayne Bank acquires UpState New York 

Bancorp, Inc., including the Bank of the 

Finger Lakes and Bank of Cooperstown 

brands.  As units of Wayne Bank, these brands 

add Community Office locations in Geneva, 

Penn Yan, Cooperstown, and Oneonta, NY.

UNITED STATES 
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION 
Washington, D.C. 20549 
_____________________ 
FORM 10-K 
_____________________ 

(Mark One): 
☒  ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2021 
or 
☐  TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 
For the transition period from ________ to ________ 
Commission File No. 0-28364 
_____________________ 

NORWOOD FINANCIAL CORP 

(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in its Charter) 
_____________________ 

Pennsylvania 
(State or Other Jurisdiction of 
Incorporation or Organization) 
717 Main Street, Honesdale, Pennsylvania 
(Address of Principal Executive Offices) 

23-2828306 
(I.R.S. Employer 
Identification No.) 
18431 
(Zip Code) 

Registrant’s Telephone Number, Including Area Code: (570) 253-1455 
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act: 

Title of Each Class 
Common Stock, $.10 par value 

Trading 
Symbol(s) 
NWFL 
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None 
_____________________ 

Name of Each Exchange 
on Which Registered 
The Nasdaq Stock Market LLC 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.    ☐  YES    ☒  NO 
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.    ☐  YES    ☒  NO 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant: (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 
1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such 
filing requirements for the past 90 days.    ☒  YES    ☐  NO 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 
of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit 
such files).    ☒  YES    ☐  NO 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company or 
an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company” and “emerging growth 
company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. 
Large Accelerated Filer 
Non-accelerated Filer 

☐ 
☒ 
☐ 
If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any 
new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act.  ☐ 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed a report on and attestation to its management’s assessment of the effectiveness of its internal 
control over financial reporting under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (15 U.S.C. 7262(b)) by the registered public accounting firm that 
prepared or issued its audit report.  ☐ 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act).    ☐  Yes    ☒  No 
The aggregate market value of the voting stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant, based on the closing price of the registrant’s Common Stock 
as of June 30, 2021, $26.00 per share, was $194.7 million based on 7,488,147 shares of Common Stock held by non-affiliates on that date. Solely for 
purposes of this calculation, shares held by directors, executive officers and greater than 10% stockholders are treated as shares held by affiliates. 
As of March 1, 2022, there were 8,203,073 shares outstanding of the registrant’s Common Stock. 

   Accelerated Filer 
   Smaller Reporting Company 
   Emerging Growth Company 

☐ 
☒ 

            1. 

Portions of the definitive Proxy Statement for the 2022 Annual Meeting of Stockholders. (Part III) 

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE 

 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
   
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
NORWOOD FINANCIAL CORP 
ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K 

Table of Contents 

Business.  
Risk Factors.  
Unresolved Staff Comments. 
Properties. 
Legal Proceedings. 
Mine Safety Disclosures. 

Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity 
Securities. 
Selected Financial Data 
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations. 
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosure about Market Risk. 
Financial Statements and Supplementary Data. 
Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure. 
Controls and Procedures. 
Other Information. 
Disclosure Regarding Foreign Jurisdictions that Prevent Inspections. 

Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance. 
Executive Compensation. 
Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters. 
Certain Relationships and Related Transactions and Director Independence. 
Principal Accounting Fees and Services. 

23 

Part I 

Item 1. 
Item 1A. 
Item 1B. 
Item 2. 
Item 3. 
Item 4. 

Part II 

Item 5. 

Item 6. 
Item 7. 
Item 7A. 
Item 8. 
Item 9 
Item 9A. 
Item 9B. 
Item 9C. 

Part III 

Item 10. 
Item 11.  
Item 12. 
Item 13. 
Item 14. 

Part IV 

Item 15. 
Item 16. 

Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules. 
Form 10-K Summary. 

SIGNATURES  

Page 

2 
8 
8 
8 
8 
8 

8 
10 
10 
24 
26 
75 
75 
75 
75 

75 
75 
75 
76 
76 

76 
78 

79 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Forward Looking Statements 

PART I 

This Annual Report on Form 10-K contains forward-looking statements, which can be identified by the use of words such as 
“estimate,” “project,” “believe,” “intend,” “anticipate,” “plan,” “seek,” “expect” and words of similar meaning. These forward-looking 
statements include, but are not limited to: 

• 
• 
• 
• 

statements of our goals, intentions and expectations; 
statements regarding our business plans, prospects, growth and operating strategies; 
statements regarding the quality of our loan and investment portfolios; and 
estimates of our risks and future costs and benefits. 

These forward-looking statements are based on current beliefs and expectations of our management and are inherently subject to 
significant business, economic and competitive uncertainties and contingencies, many of which are beyond our control. In addition, these 
forward-looking  statements  are  subject  to  assumptions  with  respect  to  future  business  strategies  and  decisions  that  are  subject  to 
change.  We are under no duty to and do not take any obligation to update any forward-looking statements after the date of the Annual 
Report on Form 10-K. 

The  following  factors,  among  others,  could  cause  actual  results  to  differ  materially  from  the  anticipated  results  or  other 

expectations expressed in the forward-looking statements: 

• 

• 
• 

• 
• 
• 
• 
• 
• 

• 
• 

• 

• 
• 
• 

• 
• 
• 
• 

• 
• 
• 

the COVID-19 pandemic may continue to adversely impact the local and national economy and our business and results of 
operations may continue to be adversely affected; 
general economic conditions, either nationally or in our market areas, that are worse than expected; 
changes in the level and direction of loan delinquencies and write-offs and changes in estimates of the adequacy of the 
allowance for loan losses; 
our ability to access cost-effective funding; 
fluctuations in real estate values and both residential and commercial real estate market conditions; 
demand for loans and deposits in our market area; 
our ability to implement changes in our business strategies; 
competition among depository and other financial institutions; 
inflation and changes in the interest rate environment that reduce our margins and yields, or reduce the fair value of financial 
instruments or reduce the origination levels in our lending business, or increase the level of defaults, losses and prepayments 
on loans we have made and make whether held in portfolio or sold in the secondary markets; 
adverse changes in the securities markets; 
changes in laws or government regulations or policies affecting financial institutions, including changes in regulatory fees 
and capital requirements; 
changes in monetary or fiscal policies of the U.S. Government, including policies of the U.S. Treasury and the Federal 
Reserve Board; 
our ability to manage market risk, credit risk and operational risk in the current economic conditions; 
our ability to enter new markets successfully and capitalize on growth opportunities; 
our ability to successfully integrate any assets, liabilities, customers, systems and management personnel we have acquired or 
may acquire into our operations and our ability to realize related revenue synergies and cost savings within expected time 
frames and any goodwill charges related thereto; 
changes in consumer demand, borrowing and savings habits 
the ability of third-party providers to perform their obligations to us; 
the ability of the U.S. Government to manage federal debt limits; 
cyber-attacks, computer viruses and other technological risks that may breach the security of our websites or other systems to 
obtain unauthorized access to confidential information and destroy data or disable our systems; 
technological changes that may be more difficult or expensive than expected; 
changes in the financial condition, results of operations or future prospects of issuers of securities that we own; and 
other economic, competitive, governmental, regulatory and operational factors affecting our operations, pricing products and 
services described elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. 

Because of these and other uncertainties, our actual future results may be materially different from the results indicated by 

these forward-looking statements. 

1 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The COVID-19 Pandemic. 

The  COVID-19 pandemic  is continuing  to  have  an  adverse  impact  on  the  Company,  its  customers  and  the  communities  it 
serves. Given its ongoing and dynamic nature, it is difficult to predict the full impact of the COVID-19 outbreak on the business of the 
Company, its customers, employees and third-party service providers. The extent of such impact will depend on future developments, 
which  are  highly  uncertain,  including  whether  the  pandemic  can  be  controlled  and  abated.  Additionally,  the  responses  of  various 
governmental and nongovernmental authorities to curtail business and consumer activities in an effort to mitigate the pandemic will 
have material long-term effects on the Company and its customers which are difficult to quantify in the near-term or long-term. 

As the result of the COVID-19 pandemic and the related adverse local and national economic consequences, the Company is 
subject to certain risks, any of which could have a material, adverse effect on the business, financial condition, liquidity, and results of 
operations of the Company.  These risks include, among others,(i) risks to the capital markets that may impact the value or performance 
of the Company’s investment securities portfolio, as well as limit our access to the capital markets and wholesale funding sources; (ii) 
effects on key employees, including operational or management personnel and those charged with preparing, monitoring and evaluating 
the companies’ financial reporting and internal controls; (iii) declines in demand for loans and other banking services and products, as 
well as a decline in the credit quality of our loan portfolio, owing to the effects of COVID-19 in the markets served by the Company; 
(iv) collateral for loans, especially real estate, may continue to decline in value, which could cause loan losses to increase; (v) the net 
worth and liquidity of loan guarantors may decline, impairing their ability to honor commitments; (vi) the allowance for credit losses 
may increase if borrowers experience financial difficulties, which will adversely affect net income; (vii) if the economy is unable to 
substantially reopen or reopen in an efficient manner, and high levels of unemployment continue for an extended period of time, loan 
delinquencies, problem assets, and foreclosures may increase, resulting in increased loan losses and reduced interest income; (viii) in 
certain states in which we do business temporary bans on evictions and foreclosures have been enacted through executive orders, and 
may  continue  indefinitely,  resulting  in  our  inability  to  take  timely  possession  of  real  estate  assets  collateralizing  loans,  which  may 
increase our loan losses; (ix) as the result of the decline in the Federal Reserve Board’s target federal funds rate to near 0%, the yield on 
assets may decline to a greater extent than the decline in cost of interest-bearing liabilities, reducing net interest margin and spread and 
reducing net income; (x) cyber security risks are increased as the result of an increase in the number of employees working remotely 
and an increase in the number of our clients banking electronically; (xi) declines in demand resulting from adverse impacts of the disease 
on businesses deemed to be “non-essential” by governments in the markets served by the Company; and (xii) increasing or protracted 
volatility in the price of the Company’s common stock, which may also impair our goodwill or other intangible assets. 

As a participating lender in the SBA Paycheck Protection Program (“PPP”), we are subject to additional risks of litigation from 
our customers or other parties regarding our processing of loans for the PPP which could have a significant adverse impact on  our 
business, financial position, results of operations, and prospects. The COVID-19 pandemic and its impact on the economy have led to 
actions including the enactment of the Coronavirus Aid, Relief and Economic Security Act, including the establishment of the PPP 
administered by the Small Business Administration (“SBA”). Under the PPP, small businesses and other entities and individuals can 
apply  for  loans  from  existing  SBA  lenders  and  other  approved  regulated  lenders  that  enroll  in  the  program,  subject  to  numerous 
limitations and eligibility criteria. We are participating as a lender in the PPP. Since the initiation of the PPP, several banks have been 
subject to litigation or threatened litigation regarding the process and procedures that such banks used in processing applications for the 
PPP. We may be exposed to the risk of litigation, from both clients and non-clients that approached us regarding PPP loans. If any such 
litigation is filed or threatened against us and is not resolved in a manner favorable to us, it may result in significant cost or adversely 
affect  our  reputation.  Any  financial  liability,  litigation  costs  or  reputational  damage  caused  by  PPP-related  litigation  could  have  a 
material adverse impact on our business, financial position, results of operations and prospects. 

Item 1. Business. 

General   

Norwood  Financial  Corp  (the  “Company”),  a  Pennsylvania  corporation,  was  incorporated  in  1995  to  become  the  holding 
company for Wayne Bank (the “Bank”).  The Company is a registered bank holding company subject to regulation and supervision by 
the  Board  of  Governors  of  the  Federal  Reserve  System  (“Federal  Reserve”).    As  of  December 31,  2021,  the  Company  had  total 
consolidated assets of $2.069 billion, consolidated deposits of $1.757 billion, and consolidated stockholders’ equity of $205.3 million. 
The  Company’s  ratio  of  average  equity  to  average  assets  was  10.04%,  10.70%,  and 10.86%  for  fiscal  years  2021, 2020  and  2019, 
respectively.   

Wayne Bank is a Pennsylvania chartered bank and trust company headquartered in Honesdale, Pennsylvania. The Bank was 
originally chartered on February 17, 1870, as Wayne County Savings Bank and changed its name to Wayne County Bank and Trust in 
December 1943. In September 1993, the Bank adopted the name Wayne Bank. The Bank’s deposits are currently insured to applicable 
limits by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) and the Bank is a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”) of 
Pittsburgh. The Bank is regulated and examined by the Pennsylvania Department of Banking and Securities (“Department”) and the 
FDIC. The Bank is an independent community bank with fourteen offices in Northeastern Pennsylvania and sixteen offices in Delaware, 
Sullivan, Ontario, Otsego and Yates Counties, New York.  

2 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The  Bank  offers  a  wide  variety  of  personal  and  business  credit  services  and  trust  and  investment  products  and  real  estate 
settlement services to the consumers, businesses, nonprofit organizations, and municipalities in each of the communities that the Bank 
serves. The Bank primarily serves the northeastern Pennsylvania counties of Wayne, Pike, Monroe, Lackawanna and Luzerne and, to a 
much lesser extent, Susquehanna County in addition to the New York counties of Delaware, Sullivan, Ontario, Otsego and Yates. In 
addition, the Bank operates automated teller machines at twenty-nine branch facilities plus one machine at an off-site location and one 
machine at the former Narrowsburg Office location.   

The Company’s main office is located at 717 Main Street, Honesdale, Pennsylvania and its main telephone number is (570) 
253-1455. The Company maintains a website at wayne.bank.  Information on our website should not be treated as part of this Annual 
Report on Form 10-K.  The Company makes copies of its SEC filings available free of charge as soon as reasonably practicable after 
they are filed, through a link on its website to the SEC’s website. 

Completed Acquisitions 

UpState New York Bancorp, Inc.  On July 7, 2020, the Company completed the acquisition of UpState New York Bancorp, 
Inc. (“UpState”), and its wholly owned subsidiary, USNY Bank (“USNY Bank”).  The acquisition was completed when UpState was 
merged with and into the Company, with the Company as the surviving corporation of the merger and USNY Bank was merged with 
and into Wayne Bank, with Wayne Bank as the surviving entity. At the time of completion of the acquisition, USNY Bank conducted 
its business from two Bank of the Finger Lakes offices in Geneva and Penn Yan, New York, and two Bank of Cooperstown offices in 
Cooperstown and Oneonta, New York.  

In the merger, shareholders of UpState elected to receive for each share of UpState common stock they owned, either 0.9390 
shares  of  the  Company’s  common  stock  or $33.33  in  cash,  or  a  combination  of  both. All  shareholder  elections  were  subject  to  the 
allocation and proration procedures set forth in the Merger Agreement which were intended to ensure that 90% of the shares of UpState 
would be exchanged for the Company’s common stock and 10% of the shares of UpState would be exchanged for cash. In addition, 
under the terms of the Merger Agreement, UpState shareholders received an additional $0.67 per share in cash for each share of UpState 
common stock held.  In the aggregate, the merger consideration paid to UpState shareholders consisted of approximately $8,845,198 in 
cash and 1,865,738 shares of the Company’s common stock. 

The senior management of the Company and Wayne Bank remained the same following the completion of the Merger.  UpState 
directors Jeffrey S. Gifford and Alexandra K. Nolan have been appointed to the boards of directors of the Company and Wayne Bank. 
In addition, the remaining former directors of UpState were invited to join a regional advisory board. UpState President and CEO R. 
Michael Briggs entered into a consulting agreement with Wayne Bank. The Company has retained the brand names of USNY Bank’s 
two units, Bank of the Finger Lakes and Bank of Cooperstown, and has also retained USNY Bank’s administration center in Geneva, 
New York. Scott D. White, unit President of Bank of Cooperstown, and Jeffrey E. Franklin, unit President of Bank of the Finger Lakes, 
will also remain in place as executives of their units.  

Delaware  Bancshares,  Inc.    On  July 31,  2016,  the  Company  completed  the  acquisition  of  Delaware  Bancshares,  Inc. 
(“Delaware”) and its wholly owned subsidiary, The National Bank of Delaware County (“NBDC”).  At the time of acquisition, Delaware 
had approximately $375.6 million in assets and 12 banking offices in Delaware and Sullivan Counties, New York.  Pursuant to the terms 
of the Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated March 10, 2016, by and among the Company, Wayne Bank, Delaware and NBDC (the 
“Delaware  Agreement”),  Delaware  was  merged  with  and  into  the  Company,  with  the  Company  as  the  surviving  corporation  of  the 
merger (the “Merger”) and NBDC was merged with and into Wayne Bank immediately thereafter.  At the effective time of the Merger, 
each outstanding share of the common stock of Delaware was converted, at the election of the holder but subject to the limitations and 
allocation and proration provisions set forth in the Delaware Agreement, into either $16.68 in cash or 0.6221 of a share of the Company’s 
common  stock,  par  value  $0.10  per  share  (the  “Common  Stock”).    In  the  aggregate,  the  merger  consideration  paid  to  Delaware 
shareholders consisted of approximately $3,860,000 in cash and 431,605 shares of the Common Stock.   

Competition 

The  competition  for  deposit  products  comes  from  other  insured  financial  institutions  such  as  commercial  banks,  thrift 
institutions, credit unions, and multi-state regional banks in the Company’s market area of Wayne, Pike, Monroe, Lackawanna and 
Luzerne Counties, Pennsylvania and Delaware, Sullivan, Ontario, Otsego and Yates Counties, New York as well as from on-line banks. 
Based on data compiled by the FDIC as of June 30, 2021 (the latest date for which such data is available), the Bank had the third largest 
share  of  FDIC-insured  deposits  in  Wayne  County  with  approximately 22.3%,  the  second  largest  share  in  Pike  County  with  18.1%, 
seventh largest share in Monroe County with 3.6%, the eleventh largest share in Lackawanna County with 1.0% and the eighteenth 
largest share in Luzerne County with 0.2%..  At June 30, 2021, the Bank had the largest share of FDIC-insured deposits in Delaware 
County, New York, with 30.5% and the sixth largest share in Sullivan County, New York, with 7.5%.  The Bank’s market share in 
Ontario, Otsego and Yates Counties were 4.3%, 16.4% and 11.7%, respectively. This data does not reflect deposits held by credit unions 
with  which  the  Bank  also  competes.  Deposit  competition  also  includes  a  number  of  insurance  products  sold  by  local  agents  and 

3 

 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
investment products such as mutual funds and other securities sold by local and regional brokers. Loan competition varies depending 
upon market conditions and comes from other insured financial institutions such as commercial banks, thrift institutions, credit unions, 
multi-state regional banks, and mortgage bankers.   

Personnel 

As  of  December 31,  2021,  the  Bank  had  263  full-time  and  three  part-time  employees.  None  of  the  Bank’s  employees  are 

represented by a collective bargaining group. 

Trust Activities 

The  Bank  operates  a  Wealth  Management/Trust  Department  which  provides  estate  planning,  investment  management  and 
financial  planning  to  customers  for  which  it  is  generally  compensated  based  on  a  percentage  of  assets  under  management.  As  of 
December 31, 2021, the Bank had $196.0 million of assets under management compared to $168.1 million as of December 31, 2020. 
The increase reflects new business generated during 2021, as well as stock market performance which can affect the value of a customer’s 
investment portfolio. 

Subsidiary Activities 

The Bank, a Pennsylvania chartered bank, is the only wholly owned subsidiary of the Company. Norwood Investment Corp. 
(“NIC”), a Pennsylvania corporation incorporated in 1996 and a Pennsylvania licensed insurance agency, is a wholly owned subsidiary 
of the Bank. NIC’s business is annuity and mutual fund sales and discount brokerage activities primarily to customers of the Bank. The 
annuities,  mutual funds  and  other  investment products  are not  insured  by  the  FDIC  or  any  other  government  agency.  They  are  not 
deposits, obligations of or guaranteed by any bank. Until February 16, 2018, securities were offered through Invest Financial, a registered 
broker/dealer. Effective February 16, 2018, the broker/dealer relationship transitioned to LPL Financial LLC (“LPL”) as a result of the 
sale of Invest to LPL in 2017.  LPL is a registered broker/dealer and a member of FINRA and the SIPC.  NIC generated gross revenues 
for the Company of $127,000 and $122,000 in 2021 and 2020, respectively, which is included in Other Income.  

WCB Realty Corp., a Pennsylvania corporation, is a wholly owned real estate subsidiary of the Bank whose principal asset is 

the administrative offices of the Company, which also includes the Main Office of the Bank. 

WTRO Properties Inc., a Pennsylvania corporation, is a wholly owned real estate subsidiary of the Bank established to hold 
title to certain real estate upon which the Bank has foreclosed.  As of December 31, 2021 and 2020, the outstanding balance of foreclosed 
properties on which WTRO held title totaled $1,742,000 and $965,000, respectively. 

Regulation 

Set forth below is a brief description of certain laws which relate to the regulation of the Company and the Bank. The description 

does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to applicable laws and regulations. 

Regulation of the Company 

General. The Company, as a bank holding company registered under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended 
(“BHCA”), is subject to regulation and supervision by the Federal Reserve.  The Company is required to file periodic reports of its 
operations with, and is subject to examination by, the Federal Reserve. This regulation and oversight is generally intended to ensure that 
the  Company  limits  its  activities  to  those  allowed  by  law  and  that  it operates  in  a  safe  and  sound  manner  without  endangering  the 
financial health of its subsidiary bank.  

Under the BHCA, the Company generally must obtain the prior approval of the Federal Reserve before it may acquire control 
of another bank or bank holding company, merge or consolidate with another bank holding company, acquire all or substantially all of 
the assets of another bank or bank holding company, or acquire direct or indirect ownership or control of any voting shares of any bank 
or bank holding company if, after such acquisition, the Company would directly or indirectly own or control more than 5% of such 
shares.  

Federal statutes impose restrictions on the ability of a bank holding company and its nonbank subsidiaries to obtain extensions 
of credit from its subsidiary bank, on the subsidiary bank’s investments in the stock or securities of the holding company, and on the 
subsidiary bank’s taking of the holding company’s stock or securities as collateral for loans to any borrower. A bank holding company 
and its subsidiaries are also prevented from engaging in certain tying arrangements in connection with any extension of credit, lease or 
sale of property, or furnishing of services by the subsidiary bank. 

4 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Source of Strength Doctrine.  Under the Bank Holding Company Act, a bank holding company is required to serve as a source 
of financial and managerial strength to its subsidiary banks and may not conduct its operations in an unsafe or unsound manner. Under 
this source of strength doctrine, a bank holding company should stand ready to use available resources to provide adequate capital to its 
subsidiary banks during periods of financial stress or adversity and should maintain the financial flexibility and capital-raising capacity 
to obtain additional resources for assisting its subsidiary banks. A bank holding company’s failure to meet its obligations to serve as a 
source of strength to its subsidiary banks will generally be considered by the Federal Reserve to be an unsafe and unsound banking 
practice or a violation of the Federal Reserve regulations, or both. 

Non-Banking Activities. The business activities of the Company, as a bank holding company, are restricted by the BHCA. 
Under the BHCA and the Federal Reserve’s bank holding company regulations, a bank holding company generally may only engage in, 
or  acquire or  control  voting  securities  or  assets  of  a  company  engaged  in,  (1) banking or  managing  or  controlling  banks  and  other 
subsidiaries authorized under the BHCA and (2) any business activity the Federal Reserve has determined to be so closely related to 
banking or managing or controlling banks to be a proper incident thereto. These include any incidental activities necessary to carry on 
those activities, as well as a lengthy list of activities that the Federal Reserve has determined to be so closely related to the business of 
banking as to be a proper incident thereto.  

In addition to the above authority, bank holding companies that qualify and elect to be treated as “financial holding companies” 
may  engage  in  a  broad  range  of  additional  activities  that  are  (i)  financial  in  nature  or  incidental  to  such  financial  activities  or  (ii) 
complementary to a financial activity and do not pose a substantial risk to the safety and soundness of depository institutions or the 
financial system generally. These activities include securities underwriting and dealing, insurance agency and underwriting, and making 
merchant banking investments. The Company has not made an election to be deemed a financial holding company. 

Regulatory Capital Requirements. The Federal Reserve has adopted regulatory capital rules pursuant to which it assesses the 
adequacy of capital in examining and supervising a bank holding company and in analyzing applications to it under the BHCA. The 
Federal Reserve’s capital rules are similar to those imposed on the Bank by the FDIC. See “Regulation of the Bank-Regulatory Capital 
Requirements.” The Federal Reserve’s Small Bank Holding Company Policy Statement, however,  exempts from the regulatory capital 
requirements bank holding companies with less than $3.0 billion in consolidated assets that are not engaged in significant non-banking 
or off-balance sheet activities and that do not have a material amount of debt or equity securities registered with the SEC.  As long as 
their bank subsidiaries are well capitalized, such bank holding companies need only maintain a pro forma debt to equity ratio of less 
than 1.0 in order to pay dividends and repurchase stock and to be eligible for expedited treatment on applications.   

Regulation of the Bank 

General. As a Pennsylvania chartered, FDIC-insured commercial bank which is not a member of the Federal Reserve System, 
the  Bank  is  subject  to  extensive  regulation  and  examination  by  the  Department  and  by the  FDIC,  which  insures  its  deposits  to  the 
maximum extent permitted by law. The federal and state laws and regulations applicable to banks regulate, among other things, the 
scope of their business, their investments, the reserves required to be kept against deposits, the timing of the availability of deposited 
funds and the nature and amount of and collateral for certain loans. The laws and regulations governing the Bank generally have been 
promulgated to protect depositors and not for the purpose of protecting stockholders. This regulatory structure also gives the federal and 
state banking agencies extensive discretion in connection with their supervisory and enforcement activities and examination policies, 
including policies with respect to the classification of assets and the establishment of adequate loan loss reserves for regulatory purposes. 
Any change in such regulation, whether by the Department, the FDIC or the United States Congress, could have a material impact on 
the Company, the Bank and their operations.  

Pennsylvania Banking Law. The Pennsylvania Banking Code (“Banking Code”) contains detailed provisions governing the 
organization, location of offices, rights and responsibilities of directors, officers, and employees, as well as corporate powers, savings 
and investment operations and other aspects of the Bank and its affairs. The Banking Code delegates extensive rule-making power and 
administrative discretion to the Department so that the supervision and regulation of state-chartered banks may be flexible and readily 
responsive to changes in economic conditions and in savings and lending practices. 

The Federal Deposit Insurance Act (“FDIA”), however, prohibits state-chartered banks from making new investments, loans, 
or becoming involved in activities as principal and equity investments which are not permitted for national banks unless (1) the FDIC 
determines the activity or investment does not pose a significant risk of loss to the Deposit Insurance Fund and (2) the bank meets all 
applicable  capital  requirements.  Accordingly,  the  additional  operating  authority  provided  to  the  Bank  by  the  Banking  Code  is 
significantly restricted by the FDIA.  

Interstate  Banking.    As  a  result  of  the  acquisition  of  UpState  and  Delaware,  Wayne  Bank  now  operates  branches  in 
Pennsylvania and New York.  Under the federal Riegle-Neal Interstate Banking and Branching Efficiency Act (the “Riegle-Neal Act”), 
an insured state bank that establishes a branch in another state may conduct any activity at such branch that is permissible under the 
laws of its home state to the extent that such activity is permissible either for a bank chartered by the host state or for a branch of an out-

5 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
of-state  national  bank  in  the  host  state.    The  laws  of  the  host  state,  including  laws  regarding  community  reinvestment,  consumer 
protection, fair lending and branching within the host state, apply to any branch of an out-of-state bank to the same extent as such laws 
apply to a branch of an out-of-state national bank.  The Riegle-Neal Act prohibits out-of-state banks from using their interstate branches 
primarily for purposes of deposit production.  If a federal banking regulator reasonably determines from available information that an 
out-of-state bank’s level of lending in a host state is less than half the loan-to-deposit ratio for all banks in the host state, the regulator 
may order the closure of the out-of-state branches or prohibit the opening of new branches in the host state unless the out-of-state bank 
has an acceptable plan or can give reasonable assurances that it will reasonably help meet the credit needs of the communities served in 
the host state. 

Federal Deposit Insurance. The Bank’s deposits are insured to applicable limits by the FDIC.  The  general maximum deposit 

insurance amount is $250,000. 

The  FDIC  assesses  insured  depository  institutions  to  maintain  the  Deposit  Insurance  Fund.  Under  the  FDIC’s  risk-based 
assessment system, banks that are deemed to be less risky pay lower assessments. Assessment rates for small institutions (those with 
less than $10 billion in assets) are based on an institution’s weighted average CAMELS component ratings and certain financial ratios 
and are applied to the institution’s assessment base, which equals its average total assets minus its average tangible equity. Current 
deposit  insurance  assessment  rates  (which  are  subject  to  certain  adjustments)  range  from  3  to  16  basis  points  for  institutions  with 
CAMELS composite ratings of 1 or 2, 6 to 30 basis points for those with a CAMELS composite score of 3, and 16 to 30 basis points for 
those with CAMELS composite scores of 4 or 5.   

The FDIC has authority to increase insurance assessments. Any significant increases would have an adverse effect on the 

operating expenses and results of operations of the Bank. We cannot predict what the FDIC assessment rates will be in the future. 

Regulatory Capital Requirements. The FDIC has promulgated capital adequacy rules for state-chartered banks that, like the 
Bank, are not members of the Federal Reserve System.  Effective January 1, 2015, the capital adequacy rules were substantially revised 
to conform to the international regulatory standards agreed to by the Basel  Committee  on Banking Supervision in the accord often 
referred to as “Basel III”.  The revised capital rules apply to all depository institutions as well as to all top-tier bank and savings and 
loan holding companies that are not subject to the Federal Reserve Board’s Small Bank Holding Company Policy Statement. 

Under the FDIC’s capital rules, banks are required to meet four minimum capital standards: (1) a “Tier 1” or “core” capital 
leverage ratio equal to at least 4% of total adjusted assets; (2) a common equity Tier 1 capital ratio equal to 4.5% of risk-weighted assets; 
(3) a Tier 1 risk-based ratio equal to 6% of risk-weighted assets; and (4) a total capital ratio equal to 8% of total risk-weighted assets.  
Common equity Tier 1 capital is defined as common stock instruments, retained earnings, any common equity Tier 1 minority interest 
and,  unless  the  bank  has  made  an  “opt-out”  election,  accumulated  other  comprehensive  income,  net  of  goodwill  and  certain  other 
intangible assets.  Tier 1 or core capital is defined as common equity Tier 1 capital plus certain qualifying subordinated interests and 
grandfathered capital instruments.  Total capital consists of Tier 1 capital plus Tier 2 or supplementary capital items, which include 
allowances  for  loan  losses  in  an  amount  of  up  to  1.25%  of  risk-weighted  assets,  qualifying  subordinated  instruments  and  certain 
grandfathered capital instruments.  An institution’s risk-based capital requirements are measured against risk-weighted assets, which 
equal the sum of each on-balance-sheet asset and the credit-equivalent amount of each off-balance-sheet item after being multiplied by 
an assigned risk weight.  Risk weightings range from 0% for cash to 100% for property acquired through foreclosure, commercial loans, 
and certain other assets to 150% for exposures that are more than 90 days past due or are on nonaccrual status and certain commercial 
real estate facilities that finance the acquisition, development or construction of real property.   

In  addition  to  the  above  minimum  requirements,  the  capital  rules  require  banks  and  covered  financial  institution  holding 
companies to maintain a capital conservation buffer of at least 2.5% of risk-weighted assets over and above the minimum risk-based 
capital requirements.  Institutions that do not maintain the required capital buffer will become subject to progressively more stringent 
limitations  on  the  percentage  of  earnings  that  can  be  paid  out  in  dividends  or  used  for  stock  repurchases  and  on  the  payment  of 
discretionary bonuses to senior executive management.  The capital buffer requirement effectively raises the minimum required risk-
based capital ratios to 7% for Common Equity Tier 1 Capital, 8.5% for Tier 1 Capital and 10.5% for Total Capital on a fully phased-in 
basis. 

In  assessing  an  institution’s  capital  adequacy,  the  FDIC  takes  into  consideration  not  only  these  numeric  factors  but  also 

qualitative factors, and has the authority to establish higher capital requirements for individual institutions where necessary. 

The Economic Growth, Regulatory Relief, and Consumer Protection Act (“EGRRCPA”) enacted in 2018, directed the federal 
banking agencies to develop a community bank leverage ratio of tangible capital to average total consolidated assets of between 8% and 
10%  as  an  alternative  to  the current  leverage  and  risk-based  capital  rules  for  qualifying  community  banks  and  satisfying  any  other 
leverage or capital requirements to which they are subject.  Qualifying community banks meeting the community bank leverage ratio 
would also be deemed well-capitalized for purposes of the prompt corrective action rules.  A qualifying community bank is a depository 
institution or holding company with total consolidated assets of less than $10 billion that is not excluded from qualification by the federal 

6 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
banking  regulators  based  on  the  institution’s  risk  profile.  Under  the  final  rule  issued  by  the  federal  banking  agencies,  a  qualifying 
community bank may opt in to the community bank leverage ratio framework if its community bank leverage ratio exceeds 9%. The 
Bank has not elected to opt into the community bank leverage ratio framework.  

The Bank is also subject to minimum capital requirements imposed by the Department on Pennsylvania-chartered depository 
institutions. Under the Department’s capital requirements, a Pennsylvania bank or savings bank must maintain a minimum leverage 
ratio  of  Tier  1  capital  (as  defined  under  the  FDIC’s  capital  regulations)  to  total  assets  of  4%.  In  addition,  the  Department  has  the 
supervisory discretion to require higher leverage ratio for any institutions based on the institution’s substandard performance in any of 
a  number  of  areas.  The  Bank  was  in  compliance  with  both  the  FDIC  and  the  Pennsylvania  capital  requirements  in  effect  as  of 
December 31, 2021.  

Prompt Corrective Regulatory Action.  Under applicable federal statutes, the federal bank regulatory agencies are required to 
take “prompt corrective action” with respect to institutions that do not meet specified minimum capital requirements.  For these purposes, 
the law establishes five capital categories: well capitalized, adequately capitalized, undercapitalized, significantly undercapitalized and 
critically undercapitalized.  Under the FDIC’s prompt corrective action regulations, an institution is deemed to be “well capitalized” if 
it has a Total Risk-Based Capital Ratio of 10.0% or greater, a Tier 1 Risk-Based Capital Ratio of 8.0% or greater, a Common Equity 
Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 6.5% or better and a leverage ratio of 5.0% or greater.   

An institution is “adequately capitalized” if it has a Total Risk-Based Capital Ratio of 8.0% or greater, a Tier 1 Risk-Based 
Capital Ratio of 6.0% or greater, a Common Equity Tier 1 Capital Ratio of 4.5% or better and a Leverage Ratio of 4.0% or greater. An 
institution is “undercapitalized” if it has a Total Risk-Based Capital Ratio of less than 8.0%, a Tier 1 Risk-Based Capital ratio of less 
than 6.0%, a Common Equity Tier 1 ratio of less than 4.5% or a Leverage Ratio of less than 4.0%. An institution is deemed to be 
“significantly undercapitalized” if it has a Total Risk-Based Capital Ratio of less than 6.0%, a Tier 1 Risk-Based Capital Ratio of less 
than 4.0%, a Common Equity Tier 1 ratio of less than 3.0% or a Leverage Ratio of less than 3.0%. An institution is considered to be 
“critically undercapitalized” if it has a ratio of tangible equity to total assets that is equal to or less than 2.0% 

The prompt corrective action regulations provide for the imposition of a variety of requirements and limitations on institutions 
that fail to meet the above capital requirements.  In particular, the FDIC may require any state non-member bank that is not “adequately 
capitalized” to take certain action to increase its capital ratios. If the non-member bank’s capital is significantly below the minimum 
required levels of capital or if it is unsuccessful in increasing its capital ratios, the bank’s activities may be restricted. 

At December 31, 2021, the Bank qualified as “well capitalized” under the prompt corrective action rules. 

Affiliate Transaction Restrictions. Federal laws strictly limit the ability of banks to engage in transactions with their affiliates, 
including their bank holding companies. In particular, loans by a subsidiary bank and its parent company or the nonbank subsidiaries of 
the bank holding company are limited to 10% of a bank subsidiary’s capital and surplus and, with respect to such parent company and 
all such nonbank subsidiaries, to an aggregate of 20% of the bank subsidiary’s capital and surplus. Further, loans and other extensions 
of credit generally are required to be secured by eligible collateral in specified amounts.  Transactions with non-affiliates may be treated 
as transactions with an affiliate to the extent that proceeds from the transaction are used to benefit the affiliate. Federal law also requires 
that all transactions between a bank and its affiliates be on terms as favorable to the bank as transactions with non-affiliates. 

Loans to One Borrower. Under Pennsylvania law, commercial banks have, subject to certain exemptions, lending limits to one 
borrower in an amount equal to 15% of the institution’s capital accounts. An institution’s capital account includes the aggregate of all 
capital, surplus, undivided profits, capital securities and general reserves for loan losses. Pursuant to the national bank parity provisions 
of the Pennsylvania Banking Code, the Bank may also lend up to the maximum amounts permissible for national banks, which are 
allowed to make loans to one borrower of up to 25% of capital and surplus in certain circumstances. As of December 31, 2021, the 
Bank’s loans-to-one-borrower limitation was $28.6 million and the Bank was in compliance with such limitation. 

Federal Home Loan Bank System. The Bank is a member of the FHLB of Pittsburgh, which is one of 11 regional FHLBs. 
Each FHLB serves as a reserve or central bank for its members within its assigned region. It is funded primarily from funds deposited 
by member institutions and proceeds from the sale of consolidated obligations of the FHLB System. It makes loans to members (i.e., 
advances) in accordance with policies and procedures established by the Board of Directors of the FHLB. 

As a member, the Bank is required to purchase and maintain restricted stock in the FHLB of Pittsburgh in an amount equal to 
the greater of 1% of its aggregate unpaid residential mortgage loans, home purchase contracts or similar obligations at the beginning of 
each year or 5% of the Bank’s outstanding advances from the FHLB. At December 31, 2021, the Bank was in compliance with this 
requirement.  

Restrictions on Dividends. The Pennsylvania Banking Code states, in part, that dividends may be declared and paid only out 
of accumulated net earnings and may not be declared or paid unless surplus (retained earnings) is at least equal to contributed capital. 

7 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
The Bank has not declared or paid any dividends which cause the Bank’s retained earnings to be reduced below the amount required. 
Finally, dividends may not be declared or paid if the Bank is in default in payment of any assessment due the FDIC.  

The  Federal  Reserve  has  issued  a  policy  statement  on  the  payment  of  cash  dividends  by  bank  holding  companies,  which 
expresses  the  Federal  Reserve’s  view  that  a  bank  holding  company  should  pay  cash  dividends  only  to  the  extent  that  the  holding 
company’s net income for the past year is sufficient to cover both the cash dividends and a rate of earnings retention that is consistent 
with the holding company’s capital needs, asset quality and overall financial condition. The Federal Reserve also indicated that it would 
be  inappropriate  for  a  company  experiencing  serious  financial  problems  to  borrow funds  to  pay dividends.  In  addition,  the  Federal 
Reserve’s guidance states that a bank holding company should consult with its regional Federal Reserve Bank in advance of declaring 
or paying a dividend that exceeds earnings for the period for which the dividend is being paid or that could result in a material adverse 
change to the organization’s capital structure. Finally, under the federal prompt corrective action regulations, the Federal Reserve may 
prohibit  a  bank  holding  company  from  paying  any  dividends  if  the  holding  company’s  bank  subsidiary  is  classified  as 
“undercapitalized.” 

Item 1A. Risk Factors 

Not applicable. 

Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments 

None.  

Item 2. Properties. 

The Bank operates from its main office located at 717 Main Street, Honesdale, Pennsylvania and twenty-nine additional branch 
offices  in  Northeastern  Pennsylvania  and  upstate  New  York.  The  Bank’s  total  investment  in  office  property  and  equipment  is 
$35.9 million with a net book value of $17.3 million as of December 31, 2021. The Bank currently operates automated teller machines 
at all but one of its community office facilities, as well as one off-site ATM. The Bank leases eight of its locations. 

Item 3. Legal Proceedings. 

Neither the Company nor its subsidiaries are involved in any other pending legal proceedings, other than routine legal matters 
occurring in the ordinary course of business, which in the aggregate involve amounts which are believed by management to be immaterial 
to the consolidated financial condition or results of operations of the Company.  

Item 4.  Mine Safety Disclosures. 

Not applicable. 

PART II 

Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities. 

(a) 

Market Information 

STOCK LISTING 

Norwood Financial Corp stock is traded on the Nasdaq Global Market under the symbol NWFL. As of December 31, 2021, 

there were approximately 1,400 registered stockholders based on the records of our transfer agent. 

The following firms are known to make a market in the Company’s stock: 

Boenning & Scattergood, Inc. 
West Conshohocken, PA  19428 
800-883-1212 

Janney Montgomery Scott, LLC   
Scranton, PA  18503   
800-638-4417 

RBC Capital Markets 
Philadelphia, PA  19103 
888-848-4677 

Stifel Nicolaus 
St,. Louis, MO  63102 
314-342-2000 

8 

 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The following table sets forth the price range and cash dividends declared per share regarding common stock for the periods 

indicated:  

Year 2021 
First Quarter 
Second Quarter 
Third Quarter 
Fourth Quarter 

Year 2020 
First Quarter 
Second Quarter 
Third Quarter 
Fourth Quarter 

Closing Price Range 

High 

Low 

  Cash dividend 
Declared per 
share  

$ 

$ 

 28.96   $ 
 27.07  
 26.31  
 27.60  

 39.03   $ 
 26.59  
 29.57  
 29.25  

  $ 

 23.75 
 24.75 
 24.64 
 25.42 

  $ 

 24.37 
 21.65 
 23.24 
 22.88 

 0.26 
 0.26 
 0.26 
 0.28 

 0.25 
 0.25 
 0.25 
 0.26 

The  book  value  of  the  common  stock  was  $25.24  per  share  as  of  December 31, 2021  compared  to  $23.72  per  share as  of 
December 31, 2020.  As of December 31, 2021, the closing stock price was $25.99 per share, compared to $26.17 as of December 31, 
2020.   

TRANSFER AGENT 

Computershare provides Transfer Agent services for the Company.  Stockholders who may have questions regarding their 
stock ownership should contact the Transfer Agent at 800-662-7232, by regular mail at P.O. Box 50500, Louisville, KY  40233-5000, 
or by overnight delivery at 462 South 4th Street Suite 1600, Louisville, KY  40202. 

DIVIDEND CALENDAR 

Dividends  on  the  Company’s  common  stock,  if  approved  by  the  Board  of  Directors,  are  customarily  paid  on  or  about 

February 1, May 1, August 1 and November 1. 

AUTOMATIC DIVIDEND REINVESTMENT PLAN 

The Plan, open to all shareholders, provides the opportunity to have dividends automatically reinvested into the Company’s 

common stock. Participants in the Plan may also elect to make cash contributions to purchase additional shares of common stock. 
Stockholders of the Company may contact the transfer agent for additional information. 

(b) 

(c) 

Use of Proceeds.  Not applicable. 

Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities.  Set forth below is information regarding the Company’s stock repurchases 
during the fourth quarter of the fiscal year ended December 31, 2021.  

  Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities 

Total Number of 
Shares (or Units) 
Purchased as 
Part of Publicly 
Announced 
Plans or 
Programs * 

 17,959 
 — 
 420 

 18,379 

Maximum 
Number (or 
Approximate 
Dollar Value) of 
Shares (or Units) 
that May Yet be 
Purchased 
Under the Plans 
or Programs 

 478,134 
 478,134 
 477,714 

 477,714 

Total Number of 
Shares (or Units) 
purchased 

Average Price 
Paid Per Share  
(or Unit) 

 $ 

 17,959 
 — 
 420 

 18,379 

 $ 

9 

 25.50 
 — 
 26.00 

 25.51 

October 1 –  31, 2021 
November 1 – 30, 2021 
December 1 –  31, 2021 

Total 

 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
* 

On March 19, 2008, the Company announced its intention to repurchase up to 5% of its outstanding common stock 
(approximately 226,050 split-adjusted shares) in the open market. On November 10, 2011, the Company announced that it had increased 
the  number  of  shares  which  may  be  repurchased  under  its  open-market  program  to  5%  of  its  currently  outstanding  shares,  or 
approximately 270,600 split-adjusted shares.  On March 30, 2021, the Company announced that it had increased the number of shares 
which may be repurchased under its open-market program to 5% of its currently outstanding shares, or approximately 400,000 split-
adjusted shares.   

Item 6. Selected Financial Data. 

For the years ended December 31, 
Net interest income 
Provision for loan losses 

2021 

$65,313 
 4,200 

2020 

$50,476 
 5,450 

2019 

$38,606 
1,250 

2018 

2017 

$36,839 
 1,725 

$34,908 
 2,200 

Other income 
Net realized gains on sales of loans and securities 

 8,056 
 269 

 7,182 
 598 

6,355 
423 

 6,837 
 228 

 6,496 
 415 

Other expenses 
Income before income taxes 
Income tax expense 

NET INCOME 
Net income per share-Basic* 
                                   -Diluted* 
Cash dividends declared* 
Dividend pay-out ratio 

Return on average assets 
Return on average equity 

BALANCES AT YEAR-END 
Total assets 
Loans receivable 
Allowance for loan losses 
Total deposits 
Stockholders’ equity 
Trust assets under management 

 38,578 
 30,860 
 5,945 

 24,915 
$3.05 
$3.04 
$1.06 
34.75% 

1.24% 
12.35% 

 34,440 
 18,366 
 3,286 

 15,080 
$2.09 
$2.09 
$1.01 
48.33% 

0.97% 
9.06% 

27,311 
16,823 
2,608 

14,215 
$2.27 
$2.25 
$0.97 
42.73% 

1.18% 
10.83% 

 25,975 
 16,204 
 2,553 

 13,651 
$2.19 
$2.17 
$0.90 
41.10% 

 1.19% 
 11.71% 

 24,870 
 14,749 
 6,551 

 8,198 
$1.32 
$1.31 
$0.87 
 65.91% 

 0.73% 
 7.04% 

 2,068,504 
 1,354,931 
 16,442 
 1,756,793 
 205,262 
 195,958 

 1,851,864 
 1,410,732 
 13,150 
 1,535,385 
 194,785 
 168,085 

1,230,610 
924,581 
8,509 
957,529 
137,428 
170,685 

 1,184,559 
 850,182 
 8,452 
 946,780 
 122,285 
 151,224 

 1,132,916 
 764,092 
 7,634 
 929,384 
 115,739 
 157,838 

Book value per share* 

$25.24 

$23.72 

$21.67 

$19.43 

$18.61 

Tier 1 Capital to risk-adjusted assets 
Total Capital to risk-adjusted assets 
Allowance for loan losses to total loans 
Non-performing assets to total assets 

12.49% 
13.66% 
1.21% 
0.12% 

11.65% 
12.62% 
0.93% 
0.24% 

13.08% 
13.98% 
0.92% 
0.19% 

13.04% 
14.00% 
 0.99% 
 0.19% 

 13.16% 
 14.11% 
 1.00% 
 0.37% 

 *  Per share information has been restated to reflect the 50% stock dividend declared in 2017. 

Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Conditions and Results of Operations. 

INTRODUCTION 

This  Management’s  Discussion  and  Analysis  and  related  financial  data  are  presented  to  assist  in  the  understanding  and 
evaluation of the financial condition and results of operations for the Company and the Bank, as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, and 

10 

 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020. This section should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements 
and related footnotes.  

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES 

Note  2  to  the  Company’s  consolidated  financial  statements  (incorporated  by  reference  in  Item  8  of  the  Form  10-K)  lists 
significant accounting policies used in the development and presentation of its financial statements. This discussion and analysis, the 
significant accounting policies, and other financial statement disclosures identify and address key variables and other qualitative and 
quantitative factors that are necessary for an understanding and evaluation of the Company and its results of operations. 

Material estimates that are particularly susceptible to significant change in the near term relate to the determination of the 
allowance for loan losses, the valuation of deferred tax assets, the determination of other-than-temporary impairment on securities, the 
determination of goodwill impairment and the fair value of financial instruments. Please refer to the discussion of the allowance for loan 
losses calculation under “Allowance for Loan Losses and Non-performing Assets” in the “Financial Condition” section.  

The deferred income taxes reflect temporary differences in the recognition of the revenue and expenses for tax reporting and 
financial statement purposes, principally because certain items are recognized in different periods for financial reporting and tax return 
purposes. Although realization is not assured, the Company believes it is more likely than not that all deferred tax assets will be realized.  

In estimating other-than-temporary impairment losses on securities, the Company considers 1) the length of time and extent to 
which the fair value has been less than cost and 2) the financial condition of the issuer. The Company does not have the intent to sell 
these securities and it is more likely than not that it will not sell the securities before recovery of their cost basis. The Company believes 
that any unrealized losses at December 31, 2021 and 2020 represent temporary impairment of the securities. 

The fair value of financial instruments is based upon quoted market prices, when available.  For those instances where a quoted 
price is not available, fair values are based upon observable market based parameters, as well as unobservable parameters.  Any such 
valuation is applied consistently over time. 

In connection with the acquisition of Delaware in 2016, we recorded goodwill in the amount of $1.6 million, representing the 
excess of amounts paid over the fair value of the net assets of the institution acquired at the date of acquisition.  In connection with the 
acquisition of UpState.in July 2020, we recorded goodwill in the amount of $17.9 million, representing the excess of amounts paid over 
the fair value of the net assets of the institution acquired at the date of acquisition.  Goodwill is tested annually and deemed impaired 
when the carrying value of goodwill exceeds its implied fair value. 

FINANCIAL CONDITION 

TOTAL ASSETS 

Total  assets  as  of  December 31,  2021  were  $2.069 billion  compared  to  $1.852 billion  as  of  year-end  2020,  an  increase  of 

$216.6 million.  The increase in assets was primarily attributable to the $221.4 million increase in total deposits. 

LOANS RECEIVABLE 

As of December 31, 2021, loans receivable totaled $1.355 billion compared to $1.411 billion as of year-end 2020, a decrease 
of $55.8 million due primarily to a $78.8 million decrease in PPP loans resulting from loan forgiveness.  Commercial real estate loans 
grew $49.6 million, while residential mortgage loans increased $9.9 million during the year.   

The Bank’s loan products include loans for personal and business use. Personal lending includes mortgage lending to finance 
principal residences and, to a lesser extent, second home dwellings. The Bank’s loan products include fixed-rate mortgage products with 
terms up to 30 years which may be sold in the secondary market through the Federal National Mortgage Association (“Fannie Mae”) or 
the FHLB, or held in the Bank’s portfolio to the extent consistent with our asset/liability management strategies. Fixed-rate home equity 
loans are originated on terms up to 180 months.  Home equity lines of credit tied to the prime rate are also offered. The Bank also offers 
indirect  dealer  financing  of  automobiles  (new  and  used),  boats,  and  recreational  vehicles  through  a  limited  network  of  dealers  in 
Northeast Pennsylvania and the Southern Tier of New York.  At December 31, 2021, there were $141.7 million of indirect loans in the 
portfolio. In connection with the acquisition of UpState in 2020, the Company acquired approximately $413.5 million in loans, including 
$37.3 million in residential real estate loans, $289.0 million in commercial real estate loans, $92.0 million in commercial, financial and 
agricultural loans, and $2.3 million in consumer loans.  As of December 31, 2021, the approximate outstanding balance of these acquired 
loans was $287.1 million.   In connection with the acquisition of Delaware, the Company acquired approximately $116.7 million in 
loans, including $68.7 million in residential real estate loans, $22.5 million in commercial real estate loans, $13.6 million in commercial, 

11 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
financial  and  agricultural  loans,  $6.5 million  in  consumer  loans  and  $5.4  in  construction  loans.    As  of  December 31,  2021,  the 
approximate outstanding balance of these acquired loans was $37.6 million.   

Commercial loans and commercial mortgages are provided to local small and mid-sized businesses at a variety of terms and 
rate structures.  Commercial lending activities include lines of credit, revolving credit, term loans, mortgages, various forms of secured 
lending and a limited amount of letter of credit facilities. The rate structure may be fixed, immediately repricing tied to the prime rate 
or adjustable at set intervals.  Also included in commercial loans are municipal finance lending in which the Bank has been active in 
recent years.  Municipal lending includes both general obligations of local taxing authorities and revenue obligations of specific revenue 
producing projects such as sewer authorities and educational units.   At December 31, 2021, the Bank had approximately $135.7 million 
in  loans  on  commercial  rentals,  as  well  as  $116.3 million  of  loans  outstanding  on  residential  rentals,  which  are  its  largest  lending 
concentrations.   

As  a  qualified  Small  Business  Administration  (“SBA”)  lender,  the  Bank  originated  $156.3 million  of  PPP  loans  in  total, 

including loans originated by USNY Bank prior to the acquisition date. 

The Bank’s construction lending has primarily involved lending for commercial construction projects and for single-family 
residences. All loans for the construction of speculative sale homes have a loan-to-value ratio of not more than 80%. For both commercial 
and single-family projects, loan proceeds are disbursed during the construction phase according to a draw schedule based on the stage 
of completion. Construction projects are inspected by contracted inspectors or bank personnel. Construction loans are underwritten on 
the basis of the estimated value of the property as completed. For commercial projects, the Bank typically also provides the permanent 
financing after the construction period, as a commercial mortgage. 

The Bank also, from time to time, originates loans secured by undeveloped land. Land loans granted to individuals have a term 
of up to five years. Land loans granted to developers may have an interest only period during development. The substantial majority of 
land loans have a loan-to-value ratio not exceeding 75%. The Bank has limited its exposure to land loans but may expand its lending on 
raw land, as market conditions allow, to qualified borrowers experienced in the development and sale of raw land.  

Loans involving construction financing and loans on raw land have a higher level of risk than loans for the purchase of existing 
homes  since  collateral  values,  land  values,  development  costs  and  construction  costs  can  only  be  estimated  at  the  time  the  loan  is 
approved. The Bank has sought to minimize its risk in construction lending and in lending for the purchase of raw land by offering such 
financing  primarily  to  builders  and  developers  to  whom  the  Bank  has  loaned  funds  in  the  past  and  to  persons  who  have  previous 
experience in such projects. The Bank also limits construction lending and loans on raw land to its market area, with which management 
is familiar. 

Adjustable-rate loans decrease the risks associated with changes in interest rates by periodically repricing, but involve other 
risks because as interest rates increase, the underlying payments by the borrower increase, thus increasing the potential for payment 
default. At the same time, the marketability of the underlying collateral may be adversely affected by higher interest rates. Upward 
adjustment of the contractual interest rate may also be limited by the maximum periodic interest rate adjustment permitted in certain 
adjustable-rate mortgage loan documents, and, therefore is potentially limited in effectiveness during periods of rapidly rising interest 
rates. These risks have not had an adverse effect on the Bank.  

The Bank’s adjustable-rate loan portfolio includes approximately $14.8 million in loan participations indexed to the London 
Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”) which is expected to be phased out by June 30, 2023.  The Bank anticipates that the terms of LIBOR-
based loans, which have not matured prior to the phase-out of LIBOR will be negotiated to incorporate a to-be-determined substitute 
reference rate.  The Bank must rely on the lead bank to renegotiate the terms of loans in which the Bank has a participation.  There can 
be no assurance that the lead bank will be able to successfully renegotiate the loans in which the Bank has participations or that the 
substitute reference rate will perform as satisfactorily as LIBOR. 

Consumer  lending,  including  indirect  financing,  provides  benefits  to  the  Bank’s  asset/liability  management  program  by 
reducing the Bank’s exposure to interest rate changes, due to their generally shorter terms. Such loans may entail additional credit risks 
compared to owner-occupied residential mortgage lending especially when unsecured or secured by collateral such as automobiles that 
depreciate rapidly.  

Commercial lending including real-estate related loans entail significant additional risks when compared with residential real 
estate and consumer lending. For example, commercial loans typically involve larger loan balances to single borrowers or groups of 
related borrowers. The payment experience on such loans typically is dependent on the successful operation of the project and these 
risks can be significantly impacted by the cash flow of the borrowers and market conditions for commercial office, retail, and warehouse 
space. In periods of decreasing cash flows, the commercial borrower may permit a lapse in general maintenance of the property causing 
the value of the underlying collateral to deteriorate. The liquidation of commercial property is often more costly and may involve more 
time to sell than residential real estate. The Bank offsets such factors with requiring more owner equity, a lower loan to value ratio and 

12 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
by obtaining the personal guaranties of the principals. In addition, a majority of the Bank’s commercial real estate portfolio is owner-
occupied property. 

Commercial  loans  and  leases  are  considered  to  have  a  higher  degree  of  credit  risk  than  secured  real  estate  lending.  The 
repayment  of  unsecured  commercial  business  loans  is  wholly  dependent  on  the  success  of  the  borrower’s  business,  while  secured 
commercial business loans may be secured by collateral that may not be readily marketable in the event of default.  Municipal financing 
includes lending to local taxing authorities and revenue-producing projects.  Such loans may constitute the general obligation of the 
taxing authority or may rely on a specific revenue source which is responsible for the repayment of the debt.  General obligations are 
considered to carry a lower level of risk than other loan types since they are backed by the full faith and credit of the taxing authority. 
Revenue obligations are backed solely by revenues generated by the project financed and repayment may be affected by the success of 
the project. 

Due  to  the  type  and  nature  of  the  collateral,  consumer  lending  generally  involves  more  credit  risk  when  compared  with 
residential real estate lending. Consumer lending collections are typically dependent on the borrower’s continuing financial stability, 
and thus, are more likely to be adversely affected by job loss, divorce, illness and personal bankruptcy. In most cases, any repossessed 
collateral for a defaulted consumer loan will not provide an adequate source of repayment of the outstanding loan balance. The remaining 
deficiency is usually turned over to a collection agency.  

There are additional risks associated with indirect lending since we must rely on the dealer to provide accurate information to 
us and accurate disclosures to the borrowers. These loans are principally done on a non-recourse basis. We seek to mitigate these risks 
by only dealing with dealers with whom we have a long-standing relationship. 

The Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (the “Dodd-Frank Act”) prohibits lenders from making 
residential mortgages unless the lender makes a reasonable and good faith determination that the borrower has a reasonable ability to 
repay the mortgage loan according to its terms.  A borrower may recover statutory damages equal to all finance charges and fees paid 
within  three  years  of  a  violation  of  the  ability-to-repay  rule  and  may  raise  a  violation  as  a  defense  to  foreclosure  at  any  time.    As 
authorized by the Dodd-Frank Act, the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau (“CFPB”) has adopted regulations defining “qualified 
mortgages”  that  are  presumed  to  comply  with  the  Dodd-Frank  Act’s  ability-to-repay  rules.    Under  the  CFPB  regulations,  qualified 
mortgages must satisfy the following criteria: (i) no negative amortization, interest-only payments, balloon payments, or term greater 
than 30 years; (ii) no points or fees in excess of 3% of the loan amount for loans over $100,000; (iii) borrower’s income and assets are 
verified  and  documented;  and  (iv)  the  borrower’s  debt-to-income  ratio  generally  may  not  exceed  43%.    Qualified  mortgages  are 
conclusively  presumed  to  comply  with  the  ability-to-pay  rule  unless  the  mortgage  is  a  “higher  cost”  mortgage,  in  which  case  the 
presumption is rebuttable.  Under the EGRRCPA, enacted in 2018, residential mortgages originated for portfolio by insured depository 
institutions, like the Bank, with less than $10 billion in total consolidated assets will be treated as qualified mortgages; provided that the 
mortgage terms do not include interest-only payments or negative amortization, total points and fees do not exceed 3% of the loan 
amount,  prepayment  penalties  are  not  in  excess  of  those  permitted  for  qualified  mortgages  under  Regulation  Z  and  the  lender  has 
considered and documented the debt, income and financial resources of the borrower. 

The Bank has established various lending limits for its officers and also maintains an Officer Loan Committee to approve 
higher loan amounts. The Officer Loan Committee is comprised of the President and Chief Executive Officer, Chief Lending Officer 
and other Bank officers. The Officer Loan Committee has the authority to approve all loans up to set limits based on the type of loan 
and the collateral. Requests in excess of these limits must be submitted to the Directors’ Loan Committee or Board of Directors for 
approval. Additionally, the President and Chief Executive Officer, and the Chief Lending Officer and other officers have the authority 
to approve secured and unsecured loans up to amounts approved by the Board of Directors and maintained in the Bank’s Loan Policy. 
Notwithstanding  individual  lending  authority,  certain  loan policy  exceptions  must  be  submitted  to  the  Officer  Loan  Committee  for 
approval. 

Hazard insurance coverage is required on all properties securing loans made by the Bank. Flood insurance is also required, 

when applicable. 

Loan applicants are notified of the credit decision by letter. If the loan is approved, the loan commitment specifies the terms 
and conditions of the proposed loan including the amount, interest rate, amortization term, a brief description of the required collateral, 
and the required insurance coverage. The borrower must provide proof of fire, flood (if applicable) and casualty insurance on the property 
serving as collateral and title insurance, and these applicable insurances must be maintained during the full term of the loan. 

13 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The following table sets forth maturities and interest rate sensitivity for selected categories of loans as of December 31, 2021. 
Scheduled repayments are reported in the maturity category in which payment is due.  Demand loans, loans having no stated schedule 
of repayments and no stated maturity and overdrafts are reported as due in one year or less.   

  One Year    After One to  

or Less 

  Five Years   

After Five 
Years 
Through 15 
years 

After 

15 years 

Total 

(dollars in thousands) 

Real Estate: 
  Residential 
  Commercial 
  Agricultural 
 Construction 
Commercial loans 
Other agricultural loans 
Consumer loans 

Total 

 $ 

 49,550 
 55,376 
 1,003 
 2,483 
 81,996 
 10,390 
 59,202 
  $  260,000 

  $ 

  $ 

 119,830 
 192,647 
 1,420 
 807 
 77,427 
 10,700 
 79,960 
 482,791 

  $ 

  $ 

 75,898 
 327,434 
 16,475 
 8,036 
 25,943 
 13,848 
 7,183 
 474,817 

Loans with fixed rates 
Loans with floating rates 

Total 

  $ 

 46,765 
 136,262 
  $  183,027 

  $ 

  $ 

 192,717 
 362,582 
 555,299 

  $ 

  $ 

 345,033 
 69,722 
 414,755 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

 27,762 
 53,267 
 43,027 
 10,664 
 665 
 2,992 
 55 
 138,432 

 199,759 
 3,200 
 202,959 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

 273,040 
 628,724 
 61,925 
 21,990 
 186,031 
 37,930 
 146,400 
 1,356,040 

 784,274 
 571,766 
 1,356,040 

ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES   

The allowance for loan losses totaled $16,442,000 as of December 31, 2021 and represented 1.21% of total loans receivable 
compared to $13,150,000 and 0.93% of total loans as of year-end 2020. Net charge-offs for 2021 totaled $908,000 and represented 
0.07% of average loans compared to $809,000 and 0.07% of average loans in 2020. 

Management assesses the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses on a quarterly basis. The process includes a review of the 
risks  inherent  in  the  loan  portfolio.  It  also  includes  an  analysis  of  impaired  loans  and  a  historical  review  of  losses.  Other  factors 
considered in the analysis include: concentrations of credit in specific industries in the commercial portfolio, the local and regional 
economic conditions, trends in delinquencies, internal risk rating classifications, total loan growth in the portfolio and fluctuations in 
large balance credits.  During 2020, the Company added qualitative factors for COVID-19 related industries and for loans which have 
received deferral of payment due to COVID-19 factors. For loans acquired, including those that are not deemed impaired at acquisition, 
credit discounts representing the principal losses expected over the life of the loan are a component of the initial fair value.  Subsequent 
to the purchase date, the methods utilized to estimate the required allowance for credit losses for these loans is similar to originated 
loans;  however,  the  Company  records  a  provision  for  loan  losses  only  when  the  required  allowance  exceeds  any  remaining  credit 
discounts. 

The Company has limited exposure to higher-risk loans. The Company does not originate option ARM products, interest only 
loans, sub-prime loans or loans with initial teaser rates in its residential real estate portfolio. The Company has $10.8 million of junior 
lien home equity loans. For 2021, there were $13,000 of charge-offs for this portfolio, with recoveries of $13,000 in 2021. 

As  of  December 31,  2021,  the  Company  considered  its  concentration  of  credit  risk  profile  to  be  acceptable.  The  highest 

concentrations are in commercial rentals and the residential rentals categories.  

During 2020, the Company recognized an increase in its adversely classified loans due primarily to loan balances acquired 
from  UpState.  The  loans  were  accounted  for  in  accordance  with  ASC  310-30,  and  were  appropriately  recorded  at  fair  value  after 
recording a specific loan fair value adjustment of $6,937,000.  The Company assesses a loss factor against the classified loans, which is 
based on prior experience. Classified loans that are considered impaired are measured on a loan-by-loan basis. The Company values 
such loans by either the present value of expected cash flows, the loan’s obtainable market price or the fair value of collateral if the loan 
is collateral dependent. 

At December 31, 2021, the recorded investment in impaired loans, not requiring an allowance for loan losses, was $157,000 
(net of charge-offs against the allowance for loan losses of $0).  The recorded investment in impaired loans, requiring an allowance for 
loan losses, was $1,517,000, (net of charge-offs against the allowance for loan losses of $0) .  At December 31, 2020, the recorded 

14 

 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
     
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
  
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
  
   
   
   
   
     
    
    
    
    
    
     
   
   
   
   
   
     
   
   
   
   
   
     
     
 
   
     
     
 
   
 
   
       
     
   
   
   
   
   
     
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
investment in impaired loans not requiring an allowance for loan losses, was $2,662,000 (net of charge-offs of $652,000). The recorded 
investment in impaired loans, requiring an allowance for loan losses, was $0. 

As a result of its analysis, after applying these factors, management considers the allowance as of December 31, 2021, adequate. 
However, there can be no assurance that the allowance for loan losses will be adequate to cover significant losses that might be incurred 
in the future. 

The following table sets forth information with respect to the Bank’s allowance for loan losses as of December 31, 2021 and 2020:   

As of December 31, 

Total loans receivable, net of deferred fees 

Allowance balance at beginning of period 

Net (charge-offs) recoveries: 
Real Estate-Residential  
Real Estate-Commercial 
Real Estate-Agricultural 
Real Estate-Construction 
Commercial loans 
Other agricultural loans 

     Consumer 

Total 

Provision Expense 
Allowance balance at end of period 

Average loans receivable: 
Real Estate-Residential  
Real Estate-Commercial 
Real Estate-Agricultural 
Real Estate-Construction 
Commercial loans 
Other agricultural loans 

     Consumer 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

2021 

2020 
(dollars in thousands) 
$ 

 1,354,931  

 1,410,732  

 13,150  

$ 

 8,509  

 57  
 (433)  
 —  
 —  
 (124)  
 (27)  
 (381)  

 (908)  

$ 

$ 

 4,200  
 16,442  

 264,305  
 595,854  
 64,295  
 21,793  
 247,953  
 40,215  
 152,478  

 (35)  
 (413)  
 —  
 —  
 37  
 (11)  
 (387)  

 (809)  

 5,450  
 13,150  

 241,961  
 511,592  
 26,935  
 18,268  
 206,164  
 16,645  
 156,208  

Total average loans outstanding 

  $ 

 1,386,893  

$ 

 1,177,773  

Net (charge-offs) recoveries as a percent of  average loans outstanding 
Real Estate-Residential  
Real Estate-Commercial 
Real Estate-Agricultural 
Real Estate-Construction 
Commercial loans 
Other agricultural loans 

     Consumer 

Total net charge-offs 

 0.02 %   
 (0.07)  
 -  
 -  
 (0.05)  
 (0.07)  
 (0.25)  

 (0.01) % 
 (0.08)  
 -  
 -  
 0.02  
 (0.07)  
 (0.25)  

 (0.07) %   

 (0.07) % 

15 

 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Credit Quality Ratios: 
As a percent of year-end loans, net of unearned income: 
      Allowance for loan losses 
      Nonaccrual loans 
      Nonperforming loans 
     Allowance for loan losses to nonaccrual loans 
     Allowance for loan losses to nonperforming loans 

1.21%  
0.05%  
0.05%  
2557.08%  
2240.05%  

0.93%  
0.24%  
0.24%  
387.79%  
387.79%  

The following table sets forth the allocation of the Bank’s allowance for loan losses by loan category and the percent of loans 
in each category to total loans at the date indicated. The allocation is made for analytical purposes and is not necessarily indicative of 
the categories in which credit losses may occur. The total allowance is available to absorb losses from any type of loan. 

2021 

2020 

As of December 31, 

Real estate – residential 
Real estate – commercial 
Real estate – agricultural 
Real estate – construction 
Commercial 
Other agricultural loans 
Consumer 

Total  

Amount 

 2,175  
 10,878  
 —  
 133  
 1,490  
 —  
 1,766  
 16,442  

  $ 

  $ 

% of 
Loans 
to Total 
Loans 

% of 
Loans 
to Total 
Loans 

Amount 

(dollars in thousands) 
 $ 

 20.1 % 
 46.4  
 4.6  
 1.6  
 13.7  
 2.8  
 10.8  
 100 % 

 $ 

 1,960  
 8,004  
 —  
 150  
 1,360  
 —  
 1,676  
 13,150  

 18.6 % 
 41.0  
 4.7  
 1.5  
 20.1  
 2.9  
 11.2  
 100 % 

As a result of the acquisition of UpState, the Company added $107.3 million of agricultural loans to the loan portfolio.  These 
loans are included in the outstanding balance information, but do not require an allocation of the allowance for loan losses since they 
were recorded at fair value in accordance with ASC 310-20 and ASC 310-30. 

Additional information about the allowance for loan losses at December 31, 2021 is presented under “Item 1. Business” of this 

Annual Report on Form 10-K, as well as in Note 2 and Note 4 to the audited consolidated financial statements. 

NON-PERFORMING ASSETS 

Non-performing assets consist of non-performing loans and real estate owned as a result of foreclosure, which is held for sale. 
Loans are placed on non-accrual status when management believes that a borrower’s financial condition is such that collection of interest 
is doubtful. Commercial and real estate related loans are generally placed on non-accrual when interest is 90 days delinquent. When 
loans are placed on non-accrual, unpaid interest credited to income in the current year is reversed and unpaid interest accrued in prior 
years is charged against the allowance for loan losses. 

As of December 31, 2021, non-performing loans totaled $734,000 and represented 0.05% of total loans compared to $3,391,000 
or 0.24% as of December 31, 2020.  The decrease in the level of non-performing loans reflects upgrades to accrual status on several 
loans acquired from UpState, as well as payments received on other non-performing credits.  Additionally, one loan with a carrying 
value of $1,487,000 as of December 31, 2020 was transferred to Foreclosed Real Estate Owned during 2021.   

Foreclosed real estate owned totaled $1,742,000 as of December 31, 2021 and $965,000 as of December 31, 2020.  During 
2021, property with a carrying value of $255,000 was disposed of through a sale.  The Company did not recorded a gain from the sale 
of the property.  Additionally, one loan with a carrying value of $1,032,000 was transferred to Foreclosed Real Estate Owned during 
2021. 

SECURITIES 

The securities portfolio consists of U.S. Treasury securities, U.S. Government agencies, mortgage-backed securities issued by 
government sponsored entities and municipal obligations. The Company classifies its investments into two categories: held to maturity 
16 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(HTM) and available for sale (AFS). The Company does not have trading securities. Securities classified as HTM are those in which 
the Company has the ability and the intent to hold the security until contractual maturity. As of December 31, 2021, there were no 
securities carried in the HTM portfolio. Securities classified as AFS are eligible to be sold due to liquidity needs or interest rate risk 
management. These securities are adjusted to and carried at their fair value with any unrealized gains or losses recorded net of deferred 
income taxes, as an adjustment to capital and reported in the equity section of the Consolidated Balance Sheet as other comprehensive 
income. As of December 31, 2021, $406.8 million of securities were so classified and carried at their fair value, with unrealized losses, 
net of tax, of $1,453,000 included in accumulated other comprehensive income as a component of stockholders’ equity. The Company 
considers its investment portfolio a source of earnings and liquidity. Investment securities may also be pledged to secure public deposits 
and customer repurchase agreements. 

As  of  December 31, 2021,  the  average  life  of  the  portfolio  was  5.6  years.  The  Company  has  maintained  a  relatively short 
average life in the portfolio in order to generate cash flow to support loan growth and maintain liquidity levels.  Purchases for the year 
totaled $268.2 million, while maturities and principal reductions totaled $68.2 million and proceeds from sales were $11.4 million. The 
purchases were funded principally by cash flow generated from the portfolio and excess overnight liquidity.   

The  following  table  sets  forth  certain  information  regarding  securities  not  carried  at  fair  value  through  earnings,  weighted 
average yields, and maturities of the Company’s securities portfolio as of December 31, 2021 and 2020. Yields on tax-exempt securities 
are stated on a fully taxable equivalent basis using a Federal tax rate of 21%. Actual maturities may differ from contractual maturities 
as certain instruments have call features which allow prepayment of obligations. Maturity on the mortgage-backed securities is based 
upon contractual terms, the average life may differ as a result of changes in cash flow.  

 One Year or Less  
 Carrying  Average  
  Value 
  Yield   

After One 
Through Five 
Years 
 Carrying  Average  
  Yield   
  Value 

After Five 
Through Ten 
Years 
 Carrying  Average  
  Yield   
  Value 

 Total Investment  

  After Ten Years   
 Carrying  Average  
  Yield   
  Value 

Securities 
 Carrying  Average  
  Yield   
  Value 

 $ 

U.S. Treasury securities 
U.S. Government agencies   
State and political 
subdivision 
Corporate obligations 
Mortgage-backed 
securities-government 
sponsored entities 

 —  
 —  

 — %  $   1,060  
 —  
 —  

 1.01 %  $  18,291   
    16,011   

 —  

 1.19 %  $ 
 1.51  

 —   

 — %  $  19,351   
 16,011   

 1.18 % 
 1.51  

(dollars in thousands) 

 583 
 —  

 1.93   
 —  

    10,427 
 —  

 3.14   
 —  

    20,601 
 —   

 2.25   
 —  

114,256 
 —   

 2.33   
 —  

145,867 
 —   

 2.38   
 —  

 — 

 —  

 2,665 

 2.40  

 4,110 

 1.96  

218,778 

 1.39  

225,553 

 1.41  

Total Investment Securities 

$ 

 583 

 1.93 % 

$  14,152 

 2.84 % 

$  59,013 

 1.70 % 

333,034 
$ 

 1.71 % 

$ 

406,782 

 1.75 % 

The portfolio had no adjustable-rate instruments as of December 31, 2021 and 2020. The portfolio contained no private label 
mortgage-backed securities, collateralized debt obligations (CDOs), or trust preferred securities, and no off-balance sheet derivatives 
were in use.   As of December 31, 2021, the portfolio did not contain any step-up bonds.  The mortgage-backed securities portfolio 
includes pass-through bonds and collateralized mortgage obligations (CMO’s) issued by Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac and the Government 
National Mortgage Association (GNMA).   

The Company evaluates the securities in its portfolio for other-than-temporary-impairment (OTTI) as fair value declines below 
cost. In estimating OTTI, management considers (1) the length of time and the extent of the decline in fair value and (2) the financial 
condition and near-term prospects of the issuer. As of December 31, 2021, the Company held 140 investment securities in a loss position, 
which had a combined unrealized loss of $4.8 million.  Management believes that these losses are principally due to changes in interest 
rates and represent temporary impairment as the Company does not have the intent to sell these securities and it is more likely than not 
that it will not have to sell the securities before recovery of their cost basis. No impairment charges were recognized in 2021 or 2020.  

FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS 

The Company uses fair value measurements to record fair value adjustments to certain financial instruments and determine fair 

value disclosures (see Note 16 of Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements). 

Approximately $406.8 million, which represents 19.7% of total assets at December 31, 2021, consisted of financial instruments 
recorded at fair value on a recurring basis. This amount consists entirely of the Company’s available for sale securities portfolio and 
interest  rate  derivatives.  The  Company  uses  valuation  methodologies  involving  market-based  or  market-derived  information, 
17 

 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
    
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
  
 
    
  
 
    
  
 
    
  
 
    
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
collectively Level 1 and 2 measurements, to measure fair value. There were no transfers into or out of Level 3 for any instruments for 
the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020. 

The Company utilizes a third party provider to perform valuations of the investments. Methods used to perform the valuations 
include: pricing models that vary based on asset class, available trade and bid information, actual transacted prices, and proprietary 
models for valuations of state and municipal obligations. In addition, the Company has a sample of fixed-income securities valued by 
another  independent  source.  The  Company  does  not  adjust  values  received  from  its  providers,  unless  it  is  evident  that  fair  value 
measurement is not consistent with the Company’s policies.   

The Company also utilizes a third party provider to provide the fair value of certain loan servicing rights.  Fair value for the 
purpose of this measurement is defined as the amount at which the asset could be exchanged in a current transaction between willing 
parties, other than in a forced liquidation.  The fair value of mortgage servicing rights as of December 31, 2021 and 2020 was $500,000 
and $476,000, respectively. 

DEPOSITS 

 The Bank provides a full range of deposit products to its retail and business customers. These include interest-bearing and 
noninterest bearing transaction accounts, statement savings and money market accounts. Certificate of deposit terms range up to five 
years for retail instruments. As of December 31, 2021, the Bank has $992,000 of brokered deposits obtained through internet listing 
services, and no broker deposits which were secured through Cede & Co.  All of these brokered deposits were acquired from UpState. 
The Bank has no current brokered deposits through its participation in the Certificate of Deposit Account Registry Service (“CDARS”).  
The Bank participates in the Jumbo CD ($100,000 and over) markets with local municipalities and school districts which are typically 
priced on a competitive bid basis. Other services the Bank offers its customers include cash management, direct deposit, Remote Deposit 
Capture, mobile deposit capture, PopMoney® mobile payments and Automated Clearing House (ACH) activity.  The Bank operates 
thirty-one automated teller machines and is affiliated with the MoneyPass® ATM network. Internet banking including bill-pay is offered 
through the website at www.waynebank.com.  Other services, such as eStatements and mobile banking are available online.   

The following table sets forth information regarding deposit categories of the Company. 

Years Ended December 31, 

2021 
Average 

2020 
Average 

Balance 

Rate Paid 

Balance 

Rate Paid 

Noninterest-bearing demand 
Interest-bearing demand 
Money Market 
Savings 
Time 

$ 

 423,404  
 180,080  
 295,626  
 265,981  
 517,087  

(dollars in thousands) 

 — % 

 $ 

 0.11  
 0.23  
 0.06  
 0.71  

 297,175  
 123,172  
 185,214  
 200,042  
 457,844  

 — % 

 0.13  
 0.28  
 0.06  
 1.27  

Total 

$ 

 1,682,178  

 $ 

 1,263,447  

As of December 31, 2021 and 2020, the total of uninsured deposits of the Company was $235,515,000  and $177,596,000, 
respectively.  Total uninsured deposits is calculated based on regulatory reporting requirements and reflects the portion of any deposit 
of a customer at an insured depository institution that exceeds the applicable FDIC insurance coverage for that depositor at that institution 
and amounts in any other uninsured investment or deposit accounts that are classified as deposits and not subject to any federal or state 
deposit insurance regime. 

As of December 31, 2021, the total of U.S. time deposits in excess of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation insurance 

limits were $257,238,000. 

18 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The following table indicates the amount of time deposits that are uninsured by time remaining until maturity as of December 31, 2021: 

Three months or less 
Over 3 through 6 months 
Over 6 months through 12 months 
Over 12 months 

Amount 
(in thousands) 

 65,401 
 55,639 
 109,607 
 26,591 
 257,238 

$ 

$ 

Total deposits as of December 31, 2021, were $1.757 billion, an increase of $221.4 million from December 31, 2020. Deposit 
growth included $145.4 million in non-maturity interest-bearing deposits, and $81.1 million in non-interest bearing demand deposits.  
The large increases recorded in 2021 reflect the cash inflow from economic stimulus related to the Covid-19 pandemic.  Time deposits 
decreased $5.1 million. 

Time deposits over $250,000, which consist principally of school district funds, other public funds and short-term deposits 
from  large  commercial  customers  with  maturities  generally  less  than  one  year,  totaled  $257.2 million  as  of  December 31,  2021, 
compared to $205.4 million at year-end 2020.  These deposits are subject to competitive bid and the Company bases its bid on current 
interest rates, loan demand, investment portfolio structure and the relative cost of other funding sources.  

As of December 31, 2021, non-interest bearing demand deposits totaled $440.7 million compared to $359.6 million at year-
end 2020. Cash management accounts in the form of securities sold under agreements to repurchase included in short-term borrowings, 
totaled $60.8 million at year end 2021 compared to $63.3 million as of December 31, 2020. These balances represent commercial and 
municipal customers’ funds invested in overnight securities. The Company considers these accounts as a source of core funding. 

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS 

SUMMARY 

Net income for the Company for the year ended December 31, 2021 was $24,915,000, which was $9,835,000 higher than the 
$15,080,000 earned in 2020.  Earnings per share on a fully diluted basis were $3.04 for 2021 compared to $2.09 in 2020.  The return on 
average assets for the year was 1.24% with a return on average equity of 12.35%, compared to 0.97% and 9.06%, respectively, in 2020.  
Net interest income increased $14,837,000, which offset a $4,138,000 increase in other expenses.  The variances reflect the full-year 
effect of the results of the acquisition of UpState. 

Net interest income (fully taxable equivalent, or fte) totaled $66,100,000, which was an increase of $14,741,000 from the 2020 
total.  Average loans outstanding increased $209.1 million in 2021, which resulted in an increase in interest income (fte) of $11.1 million.  
Total average securities increased $120.0 million in 2021 as proceeds from deposit growth and overnight liquidity were used to fund 
new purchases, resulting in a $1.2 million increase in interest income (fte) on securities.  Average interest-bearing deposits increased 
$292.5 million,  but  decreasing  interest  rates  on  certificates  of  deposit  resulted  in  a  $1.9  reduction  in  interest  expense.    The  cost  of 
borrowed funds decreased $369,000 compared to the prior year due primarily to a lower cost of borrowings.  The resulting net interest 
spread (fte) increased three basis points to 3.39% in 2021 as a 29 basis point reduction in the yield earned was offset by a 32 basis point 
decrease in the cost of funds.  All variances include the full-year impact from the acquisition of UpState. 

Loans  receivable  decreased $55.8 million  from  the  prior year-end, due  primarily  to  a  $78.8  million decrease  in  PPP  loans 
resulting from loan forgiveness.  Loan growth included a $49.6 million increase in commercial real estate loans.  Retail loans decreased 
$5.2 million in 2021 due to a $4.4 million decrease in real estate loans secured by farmland and a $4.7 million decrease in indirect auto 
and marine financing.  Residential mortgage loans and construction loans increased $10.9 million, net.  Total non-performing loans 
decreased from $3,391,000, or 0.24% of total loans at the end of 2020, to $734,000, or 0.05% of total loans on December 31, 2021.  Net 
charge-offs totaled $908,000 in 2021, which was an increase from the $809,000 recorded in 2020.  Based on management’s analysis, 
the Company determined that it would be appropriate to allocate $4,200,000 to the allowance for loan losses in 2021, which resulted in 
an increase in the ratio of the allowance for loan losses to total loans outstanding of 1.21% at December 31, 2021 compared to 0.93% at 
December 31, 2020.  The allowance for loan losses represented 2,240% of total non-performing loans on December 31, 2021 compared 
to 388% as of December 31, 2020. 

19 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total other income for the year ended December 31, 2021 totaled $8,325,000 compared to $7,780,000 in the prior year, an 
increase of $545,000.  Gains on the sale of loans and investment securities decreased $329,000 in the aggregate, while service charges 
and fees increased $578,000.  All other items of other income increased $296,000, net.  The increase reflects the full-year of benefits 
derived from the acquisition of UpState.  

Other expenses were $38,578,000 in 2021 compared to $34,440,000 for the similar period in 2020, an increase of $4,138,000.  
Salaries and benefits costs increased $3,487,000 in 2021, while occupancy and equipment costs rose $674,000.  All other operating 
expenses  decreased  $23,000,  net.  The  increases  reflect  the  full-year  cost  of  operating  four  new  community  offices  acquired  from 
UpState.  Income tax expense for the year totaled $5,945,000, which was an increase of $2,659,000 from the prior year.  The effective 
tax rate in 2021 was 19.3% compared to 17.9% in 2020.   

The following table sets forth changes in net income (in thousands): 

Net income 2020 
Net interest income 
Provision for loan losses 
Net gains on sales of loans and securities 
Other income 
Salaries and employee benefits 
Occupancy, furniture and equipment 
Professional fees 
Merger related expenses 
Other expenses 
Income tax expense 
Net income 2021 

NET INTEREST INCOME 

$ 

$ 

 15,080 
 14,837 
 1,250 
 (329) 
 874 
 (3,487) 
 (674) 
 (520) 
 2,049 
 (1,506) 
 (2,659) 
 24,915 

Net interest income is the most significant source of revenue for the Company and represented 88.7% of total revenue for the 
year  ended  December 31,  2021.    Net  interest  income  (fte)  totaled  $66,100,000  for  the year  ended  December 31,  2021  compared  to 
$51,359,000 for 2020, an increase of $14,741,000.  The resulting fte net interest spread and net interest margin were 3.39% and 3.50%, 
respectively, in 2021 compared to 3.36% and 3.55%, respectively, in 2020.   

Interest income (fte) for the year ended December 31, 2021 totaled $71,857,000 compared to $59,338,000 in 2020.  The fte 
yield on average earning assets was 3.81%, decreasing 29 basis points from the 4.10% reported last year.  The tax-equivalent yield on 
total loans increased 10 basis points to 4.73% in 2021, while average loans outstanding increased $209.1 million, resulting in an increase 
in interest income (fte) from loans of $11.1 million.  The yield on securities decreased 48 basis points in 2021 due primarily to lower 
yields on new purchases.  Average securities outstanding increased $120.0 million as cash flow from deposit growth was utilized to 
fund new purchases, and interest income (fte) from the portfolio increased $1.2 million. 

Interest expense was $5,757,000 in 2021 which resulted in an average cost of interest-bearing liabilities of  0.42% compared 
to total interest expense of $7,979,000 in 2020 with an average cost of 0.74%.  Total interest-bearing deposits cost was  0.38% in 2021, 
which was a decrease of 30 basis points over the prior year.  The decrease in cost was due primarily to time certificates of deposit that  
repriced to current market rates upon maturity, resulting in a decrease in the interest rate paid from 1.27% in 2020 to 0.71% in 2021.  
Borrowing costs also decreased in 2021, reflecting the lower interest rate environment. 

PROVISION FOR LOAN LOSSES 

The provision for loan losses was $4,200,000 in 2021 compared to $5,450,000 in 2020.  The decreased provision for loan losses 
recorded in 2021 reflects the improvement in the economic factor and other qualitative factors that are utilized to establish a subjective 
assessment of the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses.  Qualitative factors specific to the pandemic that were developed in 2020 
required a $2.3 million allocation to the required allowance for loan losses at December 31, 2021.  Additionally, the qualitative factor 
related to large balance loans added $1.4 million to the allowance in 2021 due to growth in this category of loans and an increase in the 
factor.  

Management assesses the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses on a quarterly basis. The process includes a review of the 
risks  inherent  in  the  loan  portfolio.  It  also  includes  an  analysis  of  impaired  loans  and  a  historical  review  of  losses.  Other  factors 
considered in the analysis include: concentrations of credit in specific industries in the commercial portfolio, the local and regional 
economic conditions, trends in delinquencies, internal risk rating classifications, total loan growth in the portfolio and fluctuations in 
20 

 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
large balance credits.  For loans acquired, including those that are not deemed impaired at acquisition, credit discounts representing the 
principal losses expected over the life of the loan are a component of the initial fair value.  Subsequent to the purchase date, the methods 
utilized to estimate the required allowance for credit losses for these loans is similar to originated loans; however, the Company records 
a provision for loan losses only when the required allowance exceeds any remaining credit discounts. 

OTHER INCOME 

Total other income was $8,325,000 for the year ended December 31, 2021 compared to $7,780,000 in 2020, an increase of 
$545,000.  Service charges and fees increased $572,000 in 2021, while gains on the sale of loans and investment securities decreased 
$329,000 in the aggregate.  All other items of other income increased $302,000, net.   

Other Income (dollars in thousands) 
For the year ended December 31 

Service charges on deposit accounts 
ATM Fees 
Overdraft Fees 
Safe deposit box rental 
Loan related service fees 
Debit card 
Fiduciary activities 
Commissions on mutual funds & annuities 
Earnings on and proceeds from bank-owned life insurance 
Other income 

Net realized gains on sales of securities 
Gains on sales of loans  
Total 

OTHER EXPENSES 

2021 

2020 

 398   $ 
 443  
 1,029  
 100  
 1,368  
 2,228  
 748  
 127  
 941  
 674  
 8,056  
 92  
 177  
 8,325   $ 

 377 
 457 
 985 
 102 
 1,416 
 1,656 
 682 
 122 
 845 
 540 
 7,182 
 71 
 527 
 7,780 

$ 

$ 

Other expenses totaled $38,578,000 for the year ended December 31, 2021 compared to $34,440,000 in the prior year.  The 
$4,138,000 increase in other expenses reflects the additional costs related to the operations of the four new community offices acquired 
from UpState.  Salaries and employee benefits costs increased $3,487,000 in 2021, while occupancy and equipment costs increased 
$674,000.  All other operating expenses decreased $23,000, net.  The Company’s efficiency ratio, which measures total other expenses 
as a percentage of net interest income (fte) plus other income, was 51.8% in 2021 compared to 58.2% in 2020.  

Other Expenses (dollars in thousands) 
For the year ended December 31 

Salaries  
Employee benefits 
Occupancy 
Furniture and equipment 
Data processing and related operations 
Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation insurance assessment 
Advertising 
Professional fees 
Postage and telephone 
Office supplies 
Taxes, other than income 
Foreclosed real estate 
Amortization of intangible assets 
Merger related 
Other 
Total 

21 

2021 

2020 

$ 

$ 

 12,944   $ 
 7,664  
 3,533  
 1,289  
 2,415  
 681  
 473  
 1,582  
 993  
 443  
 1,122  
 115  
 123  
 —  
 5,201  
 38,578   $ 

 10,903 
 6,218 
 3,128 
 1,020 
 2,457 
 399 
 385 
 1,062 
 983 
 555 
 997 
 53 
 114 
 2,049 
 4,117 
 34,440 

 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
INCOME TAXES 

Income tax expense for the year ended December 31, 2021 totaled $5,945,000, which resulted in an effective tax rate of 19.3%, 

compared to $3,286,000 and 17.9% for 2020. The higher effective tax rate reflects the increase in taxable income.    

CAPITAL AND DIVIDENDS 

Total stockholders’ equity as of December 31, 2021, was $205.3 million, compared to $194.8 million as of December 31, 2020.  
Earnings retention net of an $8.7 million reduction resulting from cash dividends declared, contributed to the increase.  Fluctuations in 
interest rates impacted the fair value of the Company’s Available-for Sale securities, and contributed to $5.4 million decrease in capital 
as a reduction in accumulated other comprehensive income. As of  December 31, 2021 the Company had a leverage capital ratio of 
8.51%, a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio and a common equity Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 12.49%, and a total risk-based capital 
ratio of 13.66%, compared to 8.71%,  11.65% and 12.62%, respectively, at December 31, 2020.   

NON-GAAP FINANCIAL MEASURES 

This  Annual  Report  contains  or  references  tax-equivalent  interest  income  and  net  interest  income,  which  are  non-GAAP 
financial measures. Tax-equivalent interest income and net interest income are derived from GAAP interest income and net interest 
income using a marginal tax rate of 21%. We believe the presentation of interest income and net interest income on a tax-equivalent 
basis ensures comparability of interest income and net interest income arising from both taxable and tax-exempt sources and is consistent 
with industry practice.  

The following table reconciles net interest income to net interest income on a tax-equivalent basis: 

(dollars in thousands) 

Net interest income 
Tax-equivalent basis adjustment 
 using a 21% marginal tax rate 
Net interest income on a fully 
 taxable equivalent basis 

Years ended December 31,  
2021 

2020 

 65,313   $ 

 50,476 

 787  

 883 

 66,100  

 51,359 

$ 

$ 

22 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CONSOLIDATED AVERAGE BALANCE SHEETS WITH RESULTANT INTEREST AND RATES 
(Tax-Equivalent Basis, dollars in thousands) 

Year Ended December 31 

ASSETS 
Interest-earning assets: 

Interest-bearing deposits with 
banks 
Securities available for sale: 

Taxable  
Tax-exempt 

Total securities available for 
sale  

Loans receivable (3)(4) 

Total interest-earning assets   

Noninterest earning assets: 
Cash and due from banks  
 Allowance for loan losses  
Other assets  
Total noninterest earning assets   
$ 

TOTAL ASSETS 
LIABILITIES AND 
STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY 
Interest-bearing liabilities: 

Interest-bearing demand and 
money market 
Savings   
Time   

$ 

Total interest-bearing deposits   

Short-term borrowings 
Other borrowings  

Total interest-bearing liabilities   

Noninterest-bearing liabilities: 
Noninterest-bearing demand 
deposits 
Other liabilities 

Total noninterest-bearing 
liabilities 

Stockholders’ equity 

Average 
Balance 
(2) 

2021 

Interest 
(1) 

  Average 

Rate 

  Average 
Balance 
(2) 

2020 

Interest 
(1) 

  Average 

Rate 

$ 

 175,854 

$ 

 266 

 0.15 % 

 $ 

 65,812 

$ 

 72 

 0.11  % 

 261,912 
 61,610 

 323,522 
 1,386,893 
 1,886,269 

 23,828 
 (15,263) 
 114,210 
 122,775 
 2,009,044 

 475,706 
 265,981 
 517,087 
 1,258,774 
 73,810 
 36,196 
 1,368,780 

 423,404 
 15,179 

 438,583 
 201,681 

 4,055 
 1,889 

 5,944 
 65,647 
 71,857 

 1.55 
 3.06 

 1.84 
 4.73 
 3.81 

 894 
 169 
 3,694 
 4,757 
 284 
 716 
 5,757 

 0.19 
 0.06 
 0.71 
 0.38 
 0.38 
 1.98 
 0.42 

 $ 

 $ 

 150,019 
 53,502 

 203,521 
 1,177,773 
 1,447,106 

 18,693 
 (10,388) 
 100,144 
 108,449 
 1,555,555 

 308,386 
 200,042 
 457,844 
 966,272 
 57,014 
 50,286 
 1,073,572 

 297,175 
 18,381 

 315,556 
 166,427 

 2,915 
 1,800 

 4,715 
 54,551 
 59,338 

 1.94 
 3.37 

 2.32 
 4.63 
 4.10 

 683 
 112 
 5,815 
 6,610 
 325 
 1,044 
 7,979 

 0.22 
 0.06 
 1.27 
 0.68 
 0.57 
 2.08 
 0.74 

TOTAL LIABILITIES AND 
STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY  $ 

 2,009,044 

 $ 

 1,555,555 

Net Interest Income/spread 
  (tax equivalent basis) 
Tax-equivalent basis adjustment 
Net Interest Income 
Net interest margin  
(tax equivalent basis) 

 66,100 
 (787) 
 65,313 

 $ 

 3.39 % 

 3.50 % 

 51,359 
 (883) 
 50,476 

 $ 

 3.36  % 

 3.55  % 

(1) 
(2) 
(3) 
(4) 

Interest and yields are presented on a tax-equivalent basis using a marginal tax rate of 21%. 
Average balances have been calculated based on daily balances. 
Loan balances include non-accrual loans and are net of unearned income. 
Loan yields include the effect of amortization of purchased credit marks and deferred fees net of costs. 

23 

 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
RATE/VOLUME ANALYSIS 

The following table shows the fully taxable equivalent effect of changes in volumes and rates on interest income and interest 

expense.  

(dollars in thousands) 

INTEREST-EARNING ASSETS: 
Interest-bearing deposits 
Securities available for sale: 

Taxable 
Tax-exempt securities 

Total securities available for sale 

Loans receivable 

Total interest-earning assets 

INTEREST-BEARING LIABILITIES 
Interest-bearing demand and money market 
Savings 
Time 

Total interest-bearing deposits 

Short-term borrowings 
Other borrowings 

Total interest-bearing liabilities 

Increase/(Decrease) 
2021 compared to 2020 
Variance due to 
Rate 

Net 

Volume 

$ 

 135   $ 

 59   $ 

 194 

 2,002  
 267  
 2,269  
 9,731  
 12,135  

 344  
 57  
 468  
 869  
 76  
 (291)  
 654  

 (862)  
 (178)  
 (1,040)  
 1,365  
 384  

 (133)  
 —  
 (2,589)  
 (2,722)  
 (117)  
 (37)  
 (2,876)  

 1,140 
 89 
 1,229 
 11,096 
 12,519 

 211 
 57 
 (2,121) 
 (1,853) 
 (41) 
 (328) 
 (2,222) 

Net interest income (tax-equivalent basis) 

$ 

 11,481   $ 

 3,260   $ 

 14,741 

Changes  in  net  interest  income  that  could  not  be  specifically  identified  as  either  a  rate  or  volume  change  were  allocated 

proportionately to changes in volume and changes in rate. 

Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosure About Market Risk. 

MARKET RISK 

Interest  rate  sensitivity  and  the  repricing  characteristics  of  assets  and  liabilities  are  managed  by  the  Asset  and  Liability 
Management Committee (ALCO). The principal objective of the ALCO is to maximize net interest income within acceptable levels of 
risk, which are established by policy. Interest rate risk is monitored and managed by using financial modeling techniques to measure the 
impact of changes in interest rates. 

Net interest income, which is the primary source of the Company’s earnings, is impacted by changes in interest rates and the 
relationship of different interest rates. To manage the impact of the rate changes, the balance sheet should be structured so that repricing 
opportunities exist for both assets and liabilities at approximately the same time intervals.  The Company uses net interest simulation to 
assist in interest rate risk management. The process includes simulating various interest rate environments and their impact on net interest 
income. As of December 31, 2021, the level of net interest income at risk in a ± 200 basis points increase was within the Company’s 
policy limit of a decline less than 10% of net interest income.   

Imbalances  in  repricing  opportunities  at  a  given  point  in  time  reflect  interest-sensitivity  gaps  measured  as  the  difference 
between rate-sensitive assets and rate-sensitive liabilities. These are static gap measurements that do not take into account any future 
activity, and as such are principally used as early indicators of potential interest rate exposures over specific intervals. 

At December 31, 2021, the Bank had a positive 90-day interest sensitivity gap of $175.1 million or 8.5% of total assets.  The 
significant level of asset sensitivity reflects the increase in overnight liquidity on hand.  A positive gap indicates that the balance sheet 
has a higher level of rate-sensitive assets (RSA) than rate-sensitive liabilities (RSL) at the specific time interval. This would indicate 
that in an increasing rate environment, the yield on interest-earning assets would increase faster than the cost of interest-bearing liabilities 
in the 90-day period. The level of RSA and RSL for an interval is managed by ALCO strategies, including adjusting the average life of 
the investment portfolio through purchases and sales, pricing of deposit liabilities to attract long or short-term time deposits, utilizing 
borrowings to fund loan growth, loan pricing to encourage variable-rate products and evaluation of loan sales of long-term, fixed-rate 
mortgages. 

24 

 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
The Company analyzes and measures the time periods in which RSA and RSL will mature or reprice in accordance with their 
contractual terms and assumptions. Management believes that the assumptions used are reasonable. The interest rate sensitivity of assets 
and liabilities could vary substantially if differing assumptions were used or if actual experience differs from the assumptions used in 
the analysis. For example, although certain assets and liabilities may have similar maturities or periods to repricing, they may react in 
differing degrees to changes in market interest rates. The interest rates on certain types of assets and liabilities may fluctuate in advance 
of changes in market interest rates, while interest rates on other types may lag behind changes in market rates. Interest rates may change 
at different rates changing the shape of the yield curve. The level of rates on the investment securities may also be affected by the spread 
relationship  between  different  investments.    Further,  in  the  event  of  a  significant  change  in  interest  rates,  prepayment  and  early 
withdrawal levels would likely deviate significantly from those assumed. Finally, the ability of borrowers to service their adjustable-
rate debt may decrease in the event of an interest rate increase. It should be noted that the operating results of the Company are not 
subject to foreign currency exchange or commodity price risk. 

The following table displays interest-sensitivity as of December 31, 2021 (dollars in thousands): 

Federal funds sold and 

interest-bearing deposits  $ 

Securities 
Loans Receivable 
Total Rate Sensitive Assets 
(RSA) 

Non-maturity interest-
bearing deposits 
Time Deposits 
Borrowings 
Total Rate Sensitive 
Liabilities (RSL) 

Interest sensitivity gap 
Cumulative gap 
RSA/RSL-cumulative 

As of December 31, 2020 
Interest sensitivity gap 
Cumulative gap 
RSA/RSL-cumulative 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

3 Months 
Or Less 

3-12 
Months 

1-3 Years 

Over 
3 Years 

Total 

 $ 

 185,162 
 18,545 
 219,825  

 $ 

 446 
 42,753 
 231,723  

 $ 

 — 
 85,136 
 398,844  

 $ 

 — 
 260,348  
 504,539  

 185,608 
 406,782 
 1,354,931 

 423,532   $ 

 274,922   $ 

 483,980   $ 

 764,887   $ 

 1,947,321 

 119,877   $ 
 112,425  
 16,130  

 122,589   $ 
 293,906  
 28,586  

 324,937   $ 
 101,899  
 46,104  

 220,036   $ 

 20,472  
 —  

 787,439 
 528,702 
 90,820 

 248,432   $ 

 445,081   $ 

 472,940   $ 

 240,508   $ 

 1,406,961 

 175,100   $ 
 175,100  

 170.5 %  

 (170,159)   $ 
 4,941  
 100.7 %  

 11,040   $ 
 15,981  

 101.4 %  

 524,379   $ 
 540,360  

 138.4 %  

 106,233   $ 
 106,233  

 145.5 %  

 26,320   $ 

 132,553  

 122.0 %  

 649   $ 

 133,202  

 112.4 %  

 314,776   $ 
 447,978  

 135.0 %  

 540,360 

 447,978 

Certain interest-bearing deposits with no stated maturity dates are included in the interest-sensitivity table above.  The balances 
allocated to the respective time periods represent an estimate of the total outstanding balance that has the potential to migrate either 
through withdrawal or transfer to time deposits, thereby impacting the interest-sensitivity position of the Company.  The estimates were 
derived from a non-maturity deposit study, which was prepared by an independent third party provider.  The purpose of the study was 
to estimate the average lives of various deposit types and their pricing sensitivity to movements in market interest rates. 

LIQUIDITY 

Liquidity is the ability to fund customers’ borrowing needs and their deposit withdrawal requests while supporting asset growth. 
The  Company’s  primary  sources  of  liquidity  include  deposit  generation,  asset  maturities,  cash  flow  from  payments  on  loans  and 
securities and access to borrowing from the Federal Home Loan Bank and other correspondent banks. 

As of December 31, 2021, the Company had cash and cash equivalents of $206.7 million in the form of cash, due from banks, 
balances with the Federal Reserve Bank, and short-term deposits with other institutions. In addition, the Company had total securities 
available for sale of $406.8 million, which could be used for liquidity needs. This totals $613.5 million and represents 29.7% of total 
assets  compared  to  $338.3 million  and  18.3%  of  total  assets  as  of  December 31,  2020. The  Company  also  monitors  other  liquidity 
measures for compliance with Company policy guidelines. Based upon these measures, the Company believes its liquidity position is 
adequate. 

25 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The  Company  maintains  established  lines  of  credit  with  the  Federal  Home  Loan  Bank  of  Pittsburgh  (FHLB),  the  Atlantic 
Community Bankers Bank (ACBB) and other correspondent banks, which support liquidity needs. The total available credit under all 
lines was $190.0 million, with $0 outstanding at December 31, 2021 and $0 million outstanding at December 31, 2020. The maximum 
borrowing capacity from FHLB at December 31, 2021 was $607.1 million. As of December 31, 2021, the Company had $30.0 million 
in term borrowings from the FHLB, compared to $42.5 million at December 31, 2020.  Outstanding Letters of Credit to secure public 
funds totaled $127.9 million and $100.0 million at December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively. 

Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data. 

REPORT ON MANAGEMENT’S ASSESSMENT OF  INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING 

TO THE STOCKHOLDERS OF NORWOOD FINANCIAL CORP 

Management of Norwood Financial Corp and its subsidiary (Norwood) is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate 
internal  control  over  financial  reporting  as  defined  in  Rules  13a-15(f)  and  15d-15(f)  under  the  Securities  Exchange  Act  of  1934. 
Norwood’s internal control over financial reporting is designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial 
reporting and the preparation of the consolidated financial statements for external purposes in accordance with accounting principles 
generally accepted in the United States of America. 

Norwood’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance 
of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of Norwood; (2) provide 
reasonable  assurance  that  transactions  are  recorded  as  necessary  to  permit  preparation  of  financial  statements  in  accordance  with 
generally accepted accounting principles, and that our receipts and expenditures are being made only in accordance with authorizations 
of Norwood’s management and directors; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized 
acquisition, use or disposition of Norwood’s assets that could have a material effect on the consolidated financial statements. 

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, 
projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of 
changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. 

Management assessed the effectiveness of Norwood’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2021. In 
making  this  assessment,  management  used  the  criteria  established  in  Internal  Control  –  Integrated  Framework  as  set  forth  by  the 
Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission in 2013.  Based upon its assessment, management has concluded 
that,  as  of  December 31,  2021,  the  Company’s  internal  control  over  financial  reporting,  including  controls  over  the  preparation  of 
regulatory financial statements in accordance with all federal and state laws and regulations, is effective based on the criteria established 
in the Internal Control – Integrated Framework.  

/s/ Lewis J. Critelli 

Lewis J. Critelli 
President and 
Chief Executive Officer 

/s/ William S. Lance 

William S. Lance 
Executive Vice President and 
Chief Financial Officer 

26 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM 

To the Stockholders and the Board of Directors of Norwood Financial Corp.  

Opinion on the Financial Statements 

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Norwood Financial Corp. and subsidiaries (the “Company”) 
as  of  December  31,  2021  and  2020;  the  related  consolidated  statements  of  income,  comprehensive  income,  changes  in 
stockholders’  equity,  and  cash  flows  for  the  years  then  ended;  and  the  related  notes  to  the  consolidated  financial  statements 
(collectively, the financial statements). In our opinion, the financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial 
position of the Company as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the years then 
ended, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.  

Basis for Opinion 

These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the 
Company’s  financial  statements  based  on  our  audits.  We  are  a  public  accounting  firm  registered  with  the  Public  Company 
Accounting  Oversight  Board  (United  States)  (PCAOB)  and  are  required  to  be  independent,  with respect to the  Company,  in 
accordance with U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission 
and the PCAOB. 

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the 
audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error 
or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial 
reporting. As part of our audits, we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting but not for 
the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, 
we express no such opinion.  

Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due 
to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, 
evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting 
principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial 
statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion. 

Critical Audit Matters 

The critical audit matters communicated below are matters arising from the current period audit of the financial statements that 
were communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that: (1) relate to accounts or disclosures that are 
material  to  the  financial  statements;  and  (2)  involved  our  especially  challenging,  subjective,  or  complex  judgments.  The 
communication of critical audit matters does not alter, in any way, our opinion on the financial statements, taken as a whole, and 
we are not, by communicating the critical audit matters below, providing separate opinions on the critical audit matters or on the 
accounts or disclosures to which they relate. 

Allowance for Loan Losses (ALL) – Qualitative Factors 

Description of the Matter 
The Company’s loan portfolio totaled $1.35 billion as of December 31, 2021, and the associated ALL was $16.4 million. As 
discussed in Note 4 to the consolidated financial statements, determining the amount of the ALL requires significant judgment 
about the collectability of loans, which includes an assessment of quantitative factors such as historical loss experience within 
each risk category of loans and testing of certain commercial loans for impairment. Management applies additional qualitative 

27 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
adjustments to reflect  the inherent losses that exist  in the loan portfolio at the balance sheet date that are not reflected in the 
historical  loss  experience. Qualitative adjustments are  made based upon changes in lending policies and practices,  economic 
conditions,  changes  in  the  loan  portfolio  mix,  trends  in  loan  delinquencies  and  classified  loans,  collateral  values,  and 
concentrations of credit risk for the commercial loan portfolios. 

Auditing the Company’s ALL involved a high degree of subjectivity due to the judgment involved in management’s determination 
of  commercial  loan  credit  risk  ratings  and  identification  and  measurement  of  qualitative  factor  adjustments  included  in  the 
estimate of the allowance for loan losses. 

How We Addressed the Matter in Our Audit 
We gained an understanding of the Company’s process for establishing the ALL, including the qualitative adjustments made to 
the ALL. We evaluated the design and tested the operating effectiveness of controls over the Company’s ALL process, which 
included,  among  others,  management’s  review  and  approval  controls  designed  to  assess  the  need  and  level  of  qualitative 
adjustments to the ALL, as well as the reliability of the data utilized to support management’s assessment. 

To test the qualitative adjustments, we evaluated the appropriateness of management’s methodology and assessed whether all 
relevant risks were reflected in the ALL and the need to consider qualitative adjustments, including the potential effect of COVID-
19 on the adjustments 

Regarding the measurement of the qualitative adjustments, we evaluated the completeness, accuracy, and relevance of the data 
and inputs utilized in management’s estimate. We evaluated the inputs and data to the Company’s historical loan performance 
data and third-party macroeconomic data. Furthermore, we analyzed the changes in the components of the qualitative reserves 
relative  to  changes  in  external  market  factors,  the  Company’s  loan  portfolio,  and  asset  quality  trends,  which  included  the 
evaluation of management’s ability to capture and assess relevant data from both external sources and internal reports on loan 
customers  affected  by  the  COVID-19  pandemic  and  the  supporting  documentation  for  substantiating  revisions  to  qualitative 
factors. 

We also utilized internal credit review specialists to perform procedures on a sample of commercial loans to test the Company’s 
credit risk ratings by comparing key attributes used in the determination of the credit risk rating to supporting documentation such 
as borrowers’ financial statements, underlying collateral, financial health of the guarantor, and loan payment history. 

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2009. 

Cranberry Township, Pennsylvania  
March 11, 2022   

28 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS  

ASSETS 
Cash and due from banks 
Interest-bearing deposits with banks 

Cash and cash equivalents 

Securities available for sale 
Loans receivable (net of allowance for loan losses 2021: $16,442; 2020: $13,150) 
Regulatory stock, at cost 
Premises and equipment, net 
Bank owned life insurance 
Accrued interest receivable 
Foreclosed real estate owned 
Goodwill  
Other intangibles 
Other assets 

December 31, 

2021 

2020 

(In Thousands, Except Share 
and Per Share Data) 

$ 

 21,073   $ 
 185,608  

 19,445 
 92,248 

 206,681  

 111,693 

 406,782  
 1,338,489  
 3,927  
 17,289  
 40,038  
 5,889  
 1,742  
 29,266  
 407  
 17,994  

 226,586 
 1,397,582 
 3,981 
 17,814 
 39,608 
 6,232 
 965 
 29,290 
 530 
 17,583 

Total Assets 

$ 

 2,068,504   $ 

 1,851,864 

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY 
LIABILITIES 

Deposits: 

Noninterest-bearing demand 
Interest-bearing demand 
Money market deposit accounts 
Savings 
Time 

Total Deposits 

Short-term borrowings 
Other borrowings 
Accrued interest payable 
Other liabilities 

Total Liabilities 

STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY 
Preferred stock, no par value, authorized: 5,000,000 shares, issued: none 
Common stock, $0.10 par value,  
   authorized:  20,000,000 shares 

issued: 2021: 8,266,751 shares; 2020: 8,236,331 shares 

Surplus 
Retained earnings 
Treasury stock at cost: 2021: 65,328 shares; 2020: 10,263 shares 
Accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income  

Total Stockholders' Equity 

$ 

 440,652   $ 
 196,786  
 309,439  
 281,214  
 528,702  

 359,559 
 149,692 
 259,974 
 232,329 
 533,831 

 1,756,793  

 1,535,385 

 60,822  
 29,998  
 1,203  
 14,426  

 63,303 
 42,459 
 1,601 
 14,331 

 1,863,242  

 1,657,079 

 —  

 — 

 827  
 96,443  
 110,015  
 (1,767)  
 (256)  

 824 
 95,388 
 93,796 
 (342) 
 5,119 

 205,262  

 194,785 

Total Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity 

$ 

 2,068,504   $ 

 1,851,864 

See notes to consolidated financial statements. 

29 

 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME 

INTEREST INCOME 

Loans receivable, including fees 
Securities 
Taxable 
Tax exempt 

Interest-bearing deposits with banks 
Total Interest Income 

INTEREST EXPENSE 

Deposits 
Short-term borrowings 
Other borrowings 
Total Interest Expense 

Net Interest Income 

PROVISION FOR LOAN LOSSES 

Net Interest Income After 

Provision for Loan Losses 

OTHER INCOME 

Service charges and fees 
Income from fiduciary activities 
Net realized gains on sales of securities 
Net gain on sale of loans  
Earnings and proceeds on life insurance policies 
Other 

Total Other Income 

OTHER EXPENSES 

Salaries and employee benefits 
Occupancy 
Furniture and equipment 
Data processing and related operations  
Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation insurance assessment 
Advertising 
Professional fees 
Postage and telephone 
Taxes, other than income 
Foreclosed real estate 
Amortization of intangible assets 
Merger related 
Other 

Total Other Expenses   

Income before Income Taxes 

INCOME TAX EXPENSE 

Net income 

EARNINGS PER SHARE 
BASIC 
DILUTED 

See notes to consolidated financial statements. 

30 

Years Ended December 31, 

2021 

2020 

(In Thousands, Except Share 
and Per Share Data) 

$ 

 65,257   $ 

 54,046 

 4,055  
 1,492  
 266  
 71,070  

 4,757  
 284  
 716  
 5,757  

 65,313  
 4,200  

 61,113  

 5,693  
 748  
 92  
 177  
 941  
 674  
 8,325  

 20,608  
 3,533  
 1,289  
 2,415  
 681  
 473  
 1,582  
 993  
 1,122  
 115  
 123  
 —  
 5,644  
 38,578  

 30,860  
 5,945  
 24,915   $ 

 3.05   $ 
 3.04   $ 

$ 

$ 
$ 

 2,915 
 1,422 
 72 
 58,455 

 6,610 
 325 
 1,044 
 7,979 

 50,476 
 5,450 

 45,026 

 5,115 
 682 
 71 
 527 
 845 
 540 
 7,780 

 17,121 
 3,128 
 1,020 
 2,457 
 399 
 385 
 1,062 
 983 
 997 
 53 
 114 
 2,049 
 4,672 
 34,440 

 18,366 
 3,286 
 15,080 

 2.09 
 2.09 

 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME  

(in thousands) 
NET INCOME 

Other comprehensive (loss) income: 

 Unrealized gain on pension liability 

Tax Effect 

Investment securities available for sale: 

 Unrealized holding (loss) gains  

Tax Effect 

   Reclassification of gains from sale of securities 

Tax Effect 

Other comprehensive (loss) income  

Years Ended December 31, 

2021 

2020 

$ 

 24,915 

  $ 

 15,080 

 220 
 (46)     

 (6,931) 

 1,455     
 (92)     
 19 
 (5,375) 

 241 
 (51) 

 4,809 
 (1,011) 
 (71) 
 15 
 3,932 

COMPREHENSIVE INCOME 

$ 

 19,540 

  $ 

 19,012 

See notes to consolidated financial statements. 

31 

 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
  
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY 

Years Ended December 31, 2021 and 2020  
(In Thousands, Except Share and Per Share Data) 

Common Stock 

Shares 

  Amount 

  Surplus 

  Retained   
  Earnings    Shares 

Treasury Stock 

  Amount 

  Accumulated 
Other 
 Comprehensive    
  Income (Loss)    Total 

BALANCE - 
DECEMBER 31, 2019  
Net Income 
Other comprehensive 
income 
Cash dividends 
declared ($1.01 per 
share) 
Acquisition of treasury  
stock 
Acquisition of UpState 
New York Bancorp, 
Inc. 
Stock options exercised   
Sale of treasury stock 
for ESOP 
Compensation expense 
related to  

stock options 

Restricted stock awards  
BALANCE - 
DECEMBER 31, 2020  
Net Income 
Other comprehensive 
loss 
Cash dividends 
declared ($1.06 per 
share) 
Acquisition of treasury  
stock 
Stock options exercised   
Sale of treasury stock 
for ESOP 
Compensation expense 
related to  

stock options 

Restricted stock awards  
BALANCE - 
DECEMBER 31, 2021  

(Dollars in Thousands, Except per Share Data) 

 6,340,563   $ 

 —    

 634   $ 
 —    

 49,471   $ 

 —    

 86,536  
 15,080  

 12,007   $ 

 —    

$ 

 (400) 
 — 

 1,187 
 — 

$   137,428 
 15,080 

 —    

 —    

 —    

 —  

 —    

 — 

 3,932 

 3,932 

 —    

 —    

 —    

 (7,820)  

 —    

 — 

 —    

 —    

 —    

 —  

 3,243    

 (108) 

 1,865,738    
 15,530    

 186    
 2    

 45,151      
 266    

 —  

 —    

 — 

 —    

 —    

 (36)    

 —  

 (4,987)    

 166 

 —    
 14,500    

 —    
 2    

 204    
 332    

 —  
 —  

 —    
 —    

 — 
 — 

 — 

 — 

 — 

 — 

 — 
 — 

 (7,820) 

 (108) 

 45,337 
 268 

 130 

 204 
 334 

 8,236,331    
 —    

 824    
 —    

 95,388    
 —    

 93,796  
 24,915  

 10,263    
 —    

 (342) 
 — 

 5,119 
 — 

 194,785 
 24,915 

 —    

 —    

 —    

 —  

 —    

 — 

 (5,375) 

 (5,375) 

 —    

 —    

 —    

 (8,696)  

 —    

 — 

 —    
 22,420    

 —    
 2    

 —    
 392    

 —  
 —  

 56,162    
 —    

 (1,440) 
 — 

 —    

 —    

 (5)    

 —  

 (4,997)    

 135 

 —    
 8,000    

 —    
 1    

 214    
 454       

 —  

 —    
 3,900    

 — 
 (120)    

 — 

 — 
 — 

 — 

 — 
 — 

 (8,696) 

 (1,440) 
 394 

 130 

 214 
 335 

 8,266,751   $ 

 827   $ 

 96,443   $   110,015  

 65,328   $ 

 (1,767) 

$ 

 (256) 

$   205,262 

See notes to consolidated financial statements. 

32 

 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
     
     
     
 
 
 
     
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
     
     
     
 
 
 
     
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS 

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES 
Net income 
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating  activities: 

Years Ended December 31, 

2021 

2020 

(In Thousands) 

$ 

 24,915   $ 

 15,080 

Provision for loan losses 
Depreciation 
Amortization of intangible assets 
Deferred income taxes 
Net amortization of securities premiums and discounts 
Net realized gains on sales of securities 
Earnings and proceeds on life insurance policies 
Loss on sales of fixed assets and foreclosed real estate owned 
Net gain on sale of loans 
Mortgage loans originated for sale 
Proceeds from sale of loans originated for sale   
Compensation expense related to stock options 
Compensation expense related to restricted stock 
Decrease (increase) in accrued interest receivable 
Decrease in accrued interest payable  
Other, net 

Net Cash Provided by Operating Activities 

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES 

Securities available for sale: 
Proceeds from sales 
Proceeds from maturities and principal reductions on mortgage-backed securities   
Purchases 

Purchase of regulatory stock 
Redemption of  regulatory stock 
Net decrease (increase) in loans 
Proceeds from bank-owned life insurance 
Purchase of premises and equipment 
Proceeds from sales of foreclosed real estate owned  
Proceeds from sales of bank premises and fixed assets 
Acquisition, net of cash and cash equivalents acquired 

Net Cash Used for Investing Activities 

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES 

Net increase in deposits 
Net (decrease) increase in short-term borrowings 
Repayments of other borrowings 
Proceeds from other borrowings 
Stock options exercised 
Sale of treasury stock for ESOP 
Acquisition of treasury stock 
Cash dividends paid 

Net Cash Provided by Financing Activities 
Net Increase  in Cash and Cash Equivalents 

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS - BEGINNING 
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS - ENDING 
See notes to consolidated financial statements. 

 4,200  
 1,481  
 123  
 (383)  
 1,529  
 (92)  
 (941)  
 108  
 (177)  
 (8,616)  
 8,793  
 214  
 335  
 343  
 (398)  
 (2,236)  
 29,198  

 11,366  
 68,218  
 (268,242)  
 (4,201)  
 4,255  
 57,938  
 511  
 (1,258)  
 291  
 158  
 —  
 (130,964)  

 221,151  
 (2,481)  
 (12,461)  
 —  
 394  
 130  
 (1,440)  
 (8,539)  

 196,754  
 94,988  

 5,450 
 1,322 
 114 
 850 
 1,246 
 (71) 
 (845) 
 128 
 (527) 
 (12,312) 
 12,839 
 204 
 332 
 (1,087) 
 (1,006) 
 (7,920) 
 13,797 

 24,497 
 58,876 
 (82,351) 
 (4,001) 
 7,326 
 (80,770) 
 — 
 (749) 
 612 
 10 
 15,193 
 (61,357) 

 163,743 
 1,047 
 (23,979) 
 10,000 
 268 
 130 
 (108) 
 (7,263) 

 143,838 
 96,278 

 15,415 
 111,693 

$ 

 111,693  
 206,681   $ 

33 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS (CONTINUED) 

Supplemental Disclosures of Cash Flow Information 
  Cash payments for:   
     Interest paid 
     Income taxes paid, net of refunds 
Supplemental Schedule of Noncash Investing Activities 
   Transfers of loans to foreclosed real estate owned and repossession of other assets 
   Dividends payable 

Years Ended December 31, 

2021 

2020 

(In Thousands) 

$ 
$ 

$ 
$ 

 6,155   $ 
 5,330   $ 

 1,740   $ 
 2,296   $ 

 8,810 
 2,793 

 592 
 2,139 

Merger with UpState New York Bancorp, Inc. 
   Noncash assets acquired: 
     Securities available-for-sale 
     Regulatory stock 
     Loans 
     Premises and equipment, net 
     Accrued interest receivable 
     Deferred tax assets 
     Other assets 

   Liabilities assumed: 
     Time deposits 
     Deposits other than time deposits 
     Accrued interest payable 
     Other liabilities 

       Net Noncash Assets Acquired 
       Cash Acquired 

See notes to consolidated financial statements 

   $ 

   $ 

   $ 

   $ 

 13,948 
 2,487 
 413,535 
 5,529 
 1,426 
 1,495 
 376 
 438,796 

 204,440 
 206,919 
 175 
 6,496 
 418,030 
 20,766 
 24,037 

34 

 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

NOTE 1 - NATURE OF OPERATIONS 

Norwood Financial Corp (Company) is a one bank holding company. Wayne Bank (Bank) is a wholly-owned subsidiary of the 
Company. The Bank is a state-chartered bank headquartered in Honesdale, Pennsylvania. The Company derives substantially all of its 
income  from  bank-related  services  which  include  interest  earnings  on  commercial  mortgages,  residential  real  estate  mortgages, 
commercial and consumer loans, as well as interest earnings on investment securities and fees from deposit services to its customers. 
The  Company  is  subject  to  regulation  and  supervision  by  the  Federal  Reserve  Board  while  the  Bank  is  subject  to  regulation  and 
supervision by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation and the Pennsylvania Department of Banking and Securities.  

Revenue Recognition 

Under ASC Topic 606, management determined that the primary sources of revenue emanating from interest and dividend 
income on loans and investments along with noninterest revenue resulting from investment securities gains, loans servicing, gains on 
loans sold and earnings on bank-owned life insurance are not within the scope of this Topic. 

The following presents noninterest income, segregated by revenue streams in-scope and out-of-scope of Topic 606, for the year 

ended December 31: 

(dollars in thousands) 
Noninterest Income 
  In-scope of Topic 606: 
     Service charges on deposit accounts 
     ATM Fees 
     Overdraft Fees 
     Safe deposit box rental 
     Loan related service fees 
     Debit card 
     Fiduciary activities 
     Commissions on mutual funds & annuities 
     Other income 
  Noninterest Income (in-scope of Topic 606) 
  Out-of-scope of Topic 606: 
     Net realized gains on sales of securities 
     Loan servicing fees 
     Gain on sales of loans  
     Earnings on and proceeds from bank-owned life insurance 
  Noninterest Income (out-of-scope of Topic 606) 
Total Noninterest Income 

2021 

2020 

  $ 

  $ 

 398   $ 
 443  
 1,029  
 100  
 1,238  
 2,228  
 748  
 127  
 674  
 6,985  

 92  
 130  
 177  
 941  
 1,340  
 8,325   $ 

 377 
 457 
 985 
 102 
 1,288 
 1,656 
 682 
 122 
 540 
 6,209 

 71 
 128 
 527 
 845 
 1,571 
 7,780 

NOTE 2 - SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES 

Principles of Consolidation 

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its wholly-owned subsidiary, the Bank, and 
the  Bank’s  wholly-owned  subsidiaries,  WCB  Realty  Corp.,  Norwood  Investment  Corp.  and  WTRO  Properties.  All  significant 
intercompany  accounts  and  transactions  have  been  eliminated  in  consolidation.    The  year  ended  December 31,  2020  includes  the 
acquisition of UpState New York Bancorp, Inc. effective July 7, 2020. 

Estimates 

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of 
America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, and disclosure 
of contingent assets and liabilities, at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the 
reporting  period.  Actual  results  could  differ  from  those  estimates.  Material  estimates  that  are  particularly  susceptible  to  significant 
change in the near term relate to the determination of the allowance for loan losses, the valuation of deferred tax assets, the determination 
of other-than-temporary impairment on securities, the determination of goodwill impairment and the fair value of financial instruments.  

35 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
Significant Group Concentrations of Credit Risk 

Most of the Company’s activities are with customers located within its markets in Northeastern Pennsylvania and the New 
York Counties of Delaware, Sullivan, Ontario, Otsego and Yates. Note 3 discusses the types of securities that the Company invests in. 
Note 4 discusses the types of lending that the Company engages in. The Company does not have any significant concentrations to any 
one industry or customer.  

Concentrations of Credit Risk 

The  Bank  operates  primarily  in  Wayne,  Pike,  Lackawanna,  Luzerne  and  Monroe  Counties,  Pennsylvania  and  Delaware, 
Sullivan, Ontario, Otsego and Yates Counties, New York.  Accordingly, the Bank has extended credit primarily to commercial entities 
and individuals in these areas whose ability to honor their contracts is influenced by the region’s economy. These customers are also the 
primary depositors of the Bank. The Bank is limited in extending credit by legal lending limits to any single borrower or group of related 
borrowers.  

Securities 

Securities classified as available for sale are those securities that the Company intends to hold for an indefinite period of time 
but not necessarily to maturity. Any decision to sell a security classified as available for sale would be based on various factors, including 
significant movement in interest rates, changes in maturity mix of the Company’s assets and liabilities, liquidity needs, regulatory capital 
considerations and other similar factors. Securities available for sale are carried at fair value. Unrealized gains and losses are reported 
in other comprehensive income, net of the related deferred tax effect. Realized gains or losses, determined on the basis of the cost of the 
specific  securities  sold,  are  included  in  earnings.  Premiums  and  discounts  are  recognized  in  interest  income  using  a  method  which 
approximates the interest method over the term of the security.  

Bonds, notes and debentures for which the Company has the positive intent and ability to hold to maturity are reported at cost, 

adjusted for premiums and discounts that are recognized in interest income using the interest method over the term of the security.  

Management  determines  the  appropriate  classification  of  debt  securities  at  the  time  of  purchase  and  re-evaluates  such 

designation as of each Consolidated Balance Sheet date. 

Declines in the fair value of available for sale securities below their cost that are deemed to be other than temporary are reflected 
in earnings as realized losses. In estimating other-than-temporary impairment losses, management considers (1) the length of time and 
the extent to which the fair value has been less than cost, (2) the financial condition and near-term prospects of the issuer, and (3) the 
intent of the Company to not sell the securities and it is more likely than not that it will not have to sell the securities before recovery of 
their cost basis.  

Regulatory Stock 

The Company, as a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank (FHLB) system is required to maintain an investment in capital 
stock of its district FHLB according to a predetermined formula. This regulatory stock has no quoted market value and is carried at cost.  

Management evaluates the regulatory stock for impairment. Management’s determination of whether these investments are 
impaired is based on their assessment of the ultimate recoverability of their cost rather than by recognizing temporary declines in value. 
The  determination  of  whether  a  decline  affects  the  ultimate  recoverability  of  their  cost  is  influenced  by  criteria  such  as  (1)  the 
significance of the decline in net assets of the FHLB as compared to the capital stock amount for the FHLB and the length of time this 
situation has persisted, (2) commitments by the FHLB to make payments required by law or regulation and the level of such payments 
in  relation  to  the  operating  performance  of  the  FHLB,  and  (3)  the  impact of  legislative and  regulatory  changes on  institutions  and, 
accordingly, on the customer base of the FHLB. Management considers the FHLB’s regulatory capital ratios, liquidity, and the fact that 
new shares of FHLB stock continue to change hands at the $100 par value.  Management believes no impairment charge is necessary 
related to FHLB stock as of December 31, 2021. 

Loans Receivable 

Loans receivable that management has the intent and ability to hold for the foreseeable future or until maturity or payoff are 
stated at their outstanding unpaid principal balances, net of an allowance for loan losses and any deferred fees. Interest income is accrued 
on the unpaid principal balance. Loan origination fees are deferred and recognized as an adjustment of the yield (interest income) of the 
related loans.  The Company is generally amortizing these amounts over the contractual life of the loan. 

36 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The accrual of interest is generally discontinued when the contractual payment of principal or interest has become 90 days past 
due or management has serious doubts about further collectability of principal or interest, even though the loan is currently performing. 
A loan may remain on accrual status if it is in the process of collection and is either guaranteed or well secured. When a loan is placed 
on nonaccrual status, unpaid interest credited to income in the current year is reversed and unpaid interest accrued in prior years is 
charged  against  the  allowance  for  loan  losses.  Interest  received  on  nonaccrual  loans  generally  is  either  applied  against  principal  or 
reported as interest income, according to management’s judgment as to the collectability of principal. Generally, loans are restored to 
accrual status when the obligation is brought current, has performed in accordance with the contractual terms for a reasonable period of 
time and the ultimate collectability of the total contractual principal and interest is no longer in doubt.  

Troubled Debt Restructurings 

A loan is considered to be a troubled debt restructuring (TDR) loan when the Company grants a concession to the borrower 
because of the borrower’s financial condition that it would not otherwise consider.  Such concessions include the reduction of interest 
rates,  forgiveness  of  principal  or  interest,  or  other  modifications  of  interest  rates  that  are  less  than  the  current  market  rate  for  new 
obligations with similar risk.   

Loans Acquired 

Loans  acquired  including  loans  that  have  evidence  of  deterioration  of  credit  quality  since  origination  and  for  which  it  is 
probable, at acquisition, that the Company will be unable to collect all contractually required payments receivable, are initially recorded 
at fair value (as determined by the present value of expected future cash flows) with no valuation allowance.  Loans are evaluated 
individually  to  determine  if  there  is  evidence  of  deterioration  of  credit  quality  since  origination.    The  difference  between  the 
undiscounted cash flows expected at acquisition and the investment in the loan, or the “accretable yield,” is recognized as interest income 
on a level-yield method over the life of the loan.  Contractually required payments for interest and principal that exceed the undiscounted 
cash flows expected at acquisition, or the “non-accretable difference,” are not recognized as a yield adjustment or as a loss accrual or a 
valuation  allowance.    Increases  in  expected  cash  flows  subsequent  to  the  initial  investment  are  recognized  prospectively  through 
adjustment of the yield on the loan over its remaining estimated life.  Decreases in expected cash flows are recognized immediately as 
impairment.  Any valuation allowances on these impaired loans reflect only losses incurred after the acquisition. 

For purchased loans acquired that are not deemed impaired at acquisition, credit discounts representing the principal losses 
expected over the life of the loan are a component of the initial fair value.  Loans may be aggregated and accounted for as a pool of 
loans if the loans being aggregated have common risk characteristics.  Subsequent to the purchase date, the methods utilized to estimate 
the required allowance for credit losses for these loans is similar to originated loans; however, the Company records a provision for loan 
losses only when the required allowance exceeds any remaining credit discounts.  The remaining differences between the purchase price 
and the unpaid principal balance at the date of acquisition are recorded in interest income over the life of the loans. 

Mortgage Servicing Rights  

Servicing assets are recognized as separate assets when rights are acquired through purchase or through the sale of financial 
assets.  Capitalized servicing rights are reported in other assets and are amortized into noninterest income in proportion to, and over the 
period of, the estimated future net servicing income of the underlying financial assets. Servicing assets are evaluated for impairment 
based upon a third party appraisal. Fair value is determined using prices for similar assets with similar characteristics, when available, 
or based upon discounted cash flows using market-based assumptions. Impairment is recognized through a valuation allowance to the 
extent  that  fair  value  is  less  than  the  capitalized  amount.  The  Company’s  loan  servicing  assets  at  December 31,  2021  and  2020, 
respectively, were not impaired. Total servicing assets included in other assets as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, were $289,000 and 
$337,000, respectively. 

Allowance for Loan Losses 

The allowance for loan losses is established through provisions for loan losses charged against income. Loans deemed to be 

uncollectible are charged against the allowance for loan losses, and subsequent recoveries, if any, are credited to the allowance. 

The  allowance  for  loan  losses  is  maintained  at  a  level  considered  adequate  to  provide  for  losses  that  can  be  reasonably 
anticipated. Management’s periodic evaluation of the adequacy of the allowance is based on the Company’s past loan loss experience, 
known and inherent risks in the portfolio, adverse situations that may affect the borrower’s ability to repay, the estimated value of any 
underlying  collateral,  composition  of  the  loan  portfolio,  current  economic  conditions  and  other  relevant  factors.  This  evaluation  is 
inherently  subjective  as  it  requires  material  estimates  that  may  be  susceptible  to  significant  revision  as  more  information  becomes 
available.  

37 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
The  allowance  consists  of  specific  and  general  components.  The  specific  component  relates  to  loans  that  are  classified  as 
substandard. For such loans that are also classified as impaired, an allowance is established when the discounted cash flows (or collateral 
value or observable market price) of the impaired loan is lower than the carrying value of that loan. The general component covers non-
classified loans and is based on historical loss experience adjusted for qualitative factors.  

A loan is considered impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that the Company will be unable 
to collect the scheduled payments of principal or interest when due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement. Factors 
considered  by  management  in  determining  impairment  include  payment  status,  collateral  value  and  the  probability  of  collecting 
scheduled  principal  and  interest  payments  when  due.  Loans  that  experience  insignificant  payment  delays  and  payment  shortfalls 
generally are not classified as impaired. Management determines the significance of payment delays and payment shortfalls on a case-
by-case basis, taking into consideration all of the circumstances surrounding the loan and the borrower, including the length of the delay, 
the reasons for the delay, the borrower’s prior payment record and the amount of the shortfall in relation to the principal and interest 
owed. Impairment is measured on a loan-by-loan basis for commercial and construction loans by either the present value of expected 
future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate, the loan’s obtainable market price or the fair value of the collateral if 
the loan is collateral dependent.  

Large groups of smaller balance homogeneous loans are collectively evaluated for impairment. Accordingly, the Company 
does not separately identify individual consumer and residential real estate loans for impairment disclosures, unless such loans were 
acquired with impairment or are the subject of a restructuring agreement.  

Premises and Equipment 

Land  is  carried  at  cost.  Premises  and  equipment  are  stated  at  cost  less  accumulated  depreciation.  Depreciation  expense  is 

calculated principally on the straight-line method over the respective assets estimated useful lives as follows: 

Buildings and improvements 
Furniture and equipment 

Leases 

Years 
10 - 40 
3 - 10 

The Company applies a right-of-use (ROU) model that requires a lessee to record, for all leases with a lease term of more than 
12 months, an asset representing its right to use the underlying asset and a liability to make lease payments. For leases with a term of 12 
months or less, a practical expedient is available whereby a lessee may elect, by class of underlying asset, not to recognize an ROU asset 
or  lease  liability.  At  inception,  lessees  must  classify  all  leases  as  either  finance  or  operating  based  on  five  criteria.  Balance  sheet 
recognition of finance and operating leases is similar, but the pattern of expense recognition in the income statement, as well as the 
effect on the statement of cash flows, differs depending on the lease classification.  See Note 8 for related disclosures. 

Transfers of Financial Assets 

Transfers of financial assets, including loan and loan participation sales, are accounted for as sales, when control over the assets 
has  been  surrendered.  Control  over  transferred  assets  is  deemed  to  be  surrendered  when  (1)  the  assets  have  been  isolated  from  the 
Company,  (2)  the  transferee obtains  the  right  (free of  conditions  that  constrain  it  from taking  advantage  of  that  right)  to  pledge  or 
exchange the transferred assets and (3) the Company does not maintain effective control over the transferred assets through an agreement 
to repurchase them before their maturity or the ability to unilaterally cause the holder to return specific assets.  

Foreclosed Real Estate 

Real estate properties acquired through, or in lieu of, loan foreclosure are to be sold and are initially recorded at fair value less 
cost  to  sell  at  the  date  of  foreclosure  establishing  a  new  cost  basis.  After  foreclosure,  valuations  are  periodically  performed  by 
management and the real estate is carried at the lower of its carrying amount or fair value less cost to sell. Revenue and expenses from 
operations and changes in the valuation allowance are included in other expenses.  

Bank Owned Life Insurance 

The  Company  invests  in  bank  owned  life  insurance  (BOLI)  as  a  source  of  funding  for  employee  benefit  expenses.  BOLI 
involves the purchasing of life insurance by the Bank on a select group of employees. The Company is the owner and beneficiary of the 
policies. This life insurance investment is carried at the cash surrender value of the underlying policies. Income from the increase in 
cash  surrender  value of  the  policies  or  from  death  benefits  realized  is  included  in  other income  on  the  Consolidated Statements  of  
Income.  

38 

 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Goodwill 

In connection with three acquisitions the Company recorded goodwill in the amount of $29.3 million, representing the excess 
of amounts paid over the fair value of net assets of the institutions acquired.  Goodwill is tested and deemed impaired when the carrying 
value of goodwill exceeds its implied fair value.  The value of the goodwill can change in the future.  We expect the value of the goodwill 
to decrease if there is a significant decrease in the franchise value of the Bank.  If an impairment loss is determined in the future, we 
will reflect the loss as an expense for the period in which the impairment is determined, leading to a reduction of our net income for that 
period by the amount of the impairment loss. No impairment was recognized for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020. 

Other Intangible Assets  

At December 31, 2021, the Company had other intangible assets of $407,000, which is net of accumulated amortization of 
$1,347,000.  These intangible assets will continue to be amortized using the sum-of-the-years digits method of amortization over ten 
years.  At December 31, 2020, the Company had other intangible assets of $530,000, which was net of accumulated amortization of 
$1,224,000.  Amortization expense related to other intangible assets was $123,000 and $114,000 for the years ended December 31, 2021 
and 2020, respectively.   

As of December 31, 2021, the estimated future amortization expense for the core deposit intangible is as follows (in thousands): 

2022 
2023 
2024 
2025 
2026 
Thereafter 

Income Taxes 

$ 

$ 

 101 
 85 
 69 
 54 
 38 
 60 
 407 

Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the differences between financial statement carrying amounts 
and the tax basis of existing assets and liabilities. These differences are measured at the enacted tax rates that will be in effect when 
these differences reverse. Deferred tax assets are reduced by a valuation allowance when, in the opinion of management, it is more likely 
than not that some portion of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. As changes in tax laws or rates are enacted, deferred tax assets 
and liabilities are adjusted through the provision for income taxes.  

 The Company and its subsidiary file a consolidated federal income tax return. The Company recognizes interest and penalties 

on income taxes as a component of income tax expense. 

The Company analyzes each tax position taken in its tax returns and determines the likelihood that the position will be realized. 
Only tax positions that are “more-likely-than-not” to be realized can be recognized in an entity’s financial statements. For tax positions 
that do not meet this recognition threshold, an entity will record an unrecognized tax benefit for the difference between the position 
taken on the tax return and the amount recognized in the financial statements. The Company does not have any unrecognized tax benefits 
at December 31, 2021 or 2020, or during the years then ended. No unrecognized tax benefits are expected to arise within the next twelve 
months. 

Advertising Costs  

Advertising costs are expensed as incurred.  

Earnings per Share  

Basic earnings per share represents income available to common stockholders divided by the weighted average number of 
common shares outstanding during the period less any unvested restricted shares. Diluted earnings per share reflects additional common 
shares that would have been outstanding if dilutive potential common shares had been issued, as well as any adjustment to income that 
would result from the assumed issuance. Potential common shares that may be issued by the Company relate solely to outstanding stock 
options  and  are  determined  using  the  treasury  stock  method.  Treasury  shares  are  not  deemed  outstanding  for  earnings  per  share 
calculations. 

39 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Employee Benefit Plans 

The  Company  has  a  defined contributory  profit-sharing  plan  which  includes  provisions  of  a 401(k)  plan.   The  Company’s 

contributions are expensed as the cost is incurred. 

The Company has several supplemental executive retirement plans.  To fund the benefits under these plans, the Company is 

the owner of single premium life insurance policies on the participants. 

The Company provides pension benefits to eligible employees.  The Company’s funding policy is to contribute at least the 

minimum required contributions annually. 
Interest Rate Derivatives 

The  Company  is  exposed  to  certain  risk  arising  from  both  its  business  operations  and  economic  conditions.  The  Company 
principally manages its exposures to a wide variety of business and operational risks through management of its core business activities. 
The Company manages economic risks, including interest rate, liquidity, and credit risk primarily by managing the amount, sources, 
and duration of its assets and liabilities and the use of derivative financial instruments.  Specifically, the Company enters into derivative 
financial instruments to manage exposures that arise from business activities that result in the receipt or payment of future known and 
uncertain cash amounts, the value of which are determined by interest rates.  The Company’s derivative financial instruments are used 
to manage differences in the amount, timing, and duration of the Company’s known or expected cash receipts and its known or expected 
cash payments.   

Stock Option Plans 

The Company recognizes the value of share-based payment transactions as compensation costs in the financial statements over 
the period that an employee provides service in exchange for the award. The fair value of the share-based payments for stock options is 
estimated  using  the  Black-Scholes  option-pricing  model.  The  Company  used  the  modified-prospective  transition  method  to  record 
compensation  expense.    Under  the  modified-prospective  method,  companies  are  required  to  record  compensation  cost  for  new  and 
modified awards over the related vesting period of such awards and record compensation cost prospectively for the unvested portion, at 
the date of adoption, of previously issued and outstanding awards over the remaining vesting period of such awards. No change to prior 
periods presented is permitted under the modified-prospective method.  

Restricted Stock 

The Company recognizes compensation cost related to restricted stock based on the market price of the stock at the grant date 
over the vesting period.  The product of the number of shares granted and the grant date market price of the Company’s common stock 
determines the fair value of restricted stock under the Company’s 2014 Equity Incentive Plan.  The Company recognizes compensation 
expense for the fair value of the restricted stock on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period for the entire award. 

Cash Flow Information 

For the purposes of reporting cash flows, cash and cash equivalents include cash on hand, amounts due from banks, interest-

bearing deposits with banks and federal funds sold. 

Off-Balance Sheet Financial Instruments  

In  the  ordinary  course  of  business,  the  Company  has  entered  into  off-balance  sheet  financial  instruments  consisting  of 
commitments to extend credit, letters of credit and commitments to sell loans. Such financial instruments are recorded on the balance 
sheets when they become receivable or payable. 

Trust Assets 

Assets held by the Company in a fiduciary capacity for customers are not included in the financial statements since such items 

are not assets of the Company. Trust income is reported on the accrual method.  

Treasury Stock 

Common shares repurchased are recorded as treasury stock at cost. 

40 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Comprehensive Income 

Accounting principles generally require that recognized revenue, expenses, gains and losses be included in net income. Certain 
changes  in  assets  and  liabilities,  such  as  unrealized  gains  and  losses  on  available  for  sale  securities  and  defined  benefit  pension 
obligations, are reported as a separate component of the equity section of the balance sheet. Such items, along with net income, are 
components of comprehensive income as presented in the Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income.  

Segment Reporting 

The Company acts as an independent community financial services provider and offers traditional banking related financial 
services to individual, business and government customers. Through its Community Office and automated teller machine network, the 
Company offers a full array of commercial and retail financial services, including the taking of time, savings and demand deposits; the 
making of commercial, consumer and mortgage loans; and the providing of safe deposit services. The Company also performs personal, 
corporate, pension and fiduciary services through its Trust Department.  

Management does not separately allocate expenses, including the cost of funding loan demand, between the commercial, retail, 
mortgage banking and trust operations of the Company. As such, discrete information is not available and segment reporting would not 
be meaningful.  

Reclassification of Comparative Amounts 

Certain  comparative  amounts  for  the  prior  year  have  been  reclassified  to  conform  to  current-year  classifications.  Such 

reclassifications had no material effect on net income or stockholders’ equity. 

New Accounting Pronouncements Not Yet Adopted     

In  June  2016,  the  FASB  issued  ASU  2016-13,  Financial  Instruments  –  Credit  Losses:  Measurement  of  Credit  Losses  on 
Financial Instruments, which changes the impairment model for most financial assets. This Update is intended to improve financial 
reporting by requiring timelier recording of credit losses on loans and other financial instruments held by financial institutions and other 
organizations. The underlying premise of the Update is that financial assets measured at amortized cost should be presented at the net 
amount expected to be collected, through an allowance for credit losses that is deducted from the amortized cost basis. The allowance 
for credit losses should reflect management’s current estimate of credit losses that are expected to occur over the remaining life of a 
financial asset. The income statement will be affected for the measurement of credit losses for newly recognized financial assets, as well 
as  the  expected  increases  or  decreases  of  expected  credit  losses  that  have  taken  place  during  the  period.  With  certain  exceptions, 
transition to the new requirements will be through a cumulative-effect adjustment to opening retained earnings as of the beginning of 
the first reporting period in which the guidance is adopted. This Update is effective for SEC filers that are eligible to be smaller reporting 
companies, non-SEC filers, and all other companies, to fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2022, including interim periods within 
those fiscal years. We expect to recognize a one-time cumulative-effect adjustment to the allowance for loan losses as of the beginning 
of  the  first  reporting  period  in  which  the  new  standard  is  effective  but  cannot  yet  determine  the  magnitude  of  any  such  one-time 
adjustment or the overall impact of the new guidance on the consolidated financial statements. 

In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2017-04, Simplifying the Test for Goodwill Impairment. To simplify the subsequent 
measurement  of  goodwill,  the  FASB  eliminated  Step  2  from  the  goodwill  impairment  test.  In  computing  the  implied  fair  value  of 
goodwill under Step 2, an entity had to perform procedures to determine the fair value at the impairment testing date of its assets and 
liabilities (including unrecognized assets and liabilities) following the procedure that would be required in determining the fair value of 
assets acquired and liabilities assumed in a business combination. Instead, under the amendments in this Update, an entity should perform 
its annual, or interim, goodwill impairment test by comparing the fair value of a reporting unit with its carrying amount. An entity should 
recognize an impairment charge for the amount by which the carrying amount exceeds the reporting unit’s fair value; however, the loss 
recognized should not exceed the total amount of goodwill allocated to that reporting unit. The Update is effective for smaller reporting 
companies and all other entities for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2022, and interim periods within those fiscal years. This 
Update is not expected to have a significant impact on the Company’s financial statements.  

In November 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-19, Codification Improvements to Topic 326, Financial Instruments ‒ Credit 
Losses, which, in addition to addressing other matters, ASU 2018-19 clarifies that receivables arising from operating leases are not 
within the scope of Subtopic 326-20. The effective date and transition requirements for ASU 2018-19 are the same as those in ASU 
2016-13. This Update is not expected to have a significant impact on the Company’s financial statements.  

In April 2019, the FASB issued ASU 2019-04, Codification Improvements to Topic 326, Financial Instruments – Credit Losses, 
Derivatives, and Hedging (Topic 815); and Financial Instruments (Topic 825), which affects a variety of topics in the Codification and 
applies to all reporting entities within the scope of the affected accounting guidance. ASU 2019-04 makes clarifying amendments to 

41 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
certain  financial  instrument  standards.  For  entities  that  have  not  yet  adopted  ASU 2016-13,  the  effective dates  for  the  amendments 
related  to  ASU  2016-13  are  the  same  as  the  effective  dates  in  ASU  2016-13.  For  entities  that  have  adopted  ASU  2016-13,  the 
amendments related to ASU 2016-13 are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019, including interim periods within 
those fiscal years. For entities that have not yet adopted ASU 2017-12 as of April 25, 2019, the effective dates for the amendments to 
Topic 815 are the same as the effective dates in ASU 2017-12. For entities that have adopted ASU 2017-12 as of April 25, 2019, the 
effective date is as of the beginning of the first annual period beginning after April 25, 2019. The amendments related to ASU 2016-01 
are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019, including interim periods within those fiscal years. The Company 
qualifies as a smaller reporting company and does not expect to early adopt these ASUs.  

In May 2019, the FASB issued ASU 2019-05, Financial Instruments – Credit Losses (Topic 326), which allows entities to 
irrevocably elect the fair value option for certain financial assets previously measured at amortized cost upon adoption of the new credit 
losses standard. To be eligible for the transition election, the existing financial asset must otherwise be both within the scope of the new 
credit losses standard and eligible for applying the fair value option in ASC 825-10.3. The election must be applied on an instrument-
by-instrument basis and is not available for either available-for-sale or held-to-maturity debt securities. For entities that elect the fair 
value  option,  the  difference  between  the  carrying  amount  and  the  fair  value  of  the  financial  asset  would  be  recognized  through  a 
cumulative-effect adjustment to opening retained earnings as of the date an entity adopted ASU 2016-13. Changes in fair value of that 
financial asset would subsequently be reported in current earnings. For entities that have not yet adopted the credit losses standard, the 
ASU is effective when they implement the credit losses standard. For entities that already have adopted the credit losses standard, the 
ASU is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019, including interim periods within those fiscal years. The Company 
qualifies as a smaller reporting company and does not expect to early adopt ASU 2016-13.  

In  November  2019,  the  FASB  issued  ASU  2019-10,  Financial  Instruments  ‒  Credit  Losses  (Topic  326),  Derivatives  and 
Hedging (Topic 815), and Leases (Topic 842), which deferred the effective date for ASC 944, Financial Services – Insurance, for public 
business entities that are SEC filers, except for smaller reporting companies, to fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2021, and 
interim periods within those fiscal years, and for all other entities, including smaller reporting companies, to fiscal years beginning after 
December 15, 2023, and interim periods within fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2024.  The Company qualifies as a smaller 
reporting company and does not expect to early adopt ASU 2016-13.  

In November 2019, the FASB issued ASU 2019-11, Codification Improvements to Topic 326, Financial Instruments – Credit 
Losses, to clarify its new credit impairment guidance in ASC 326, based on implementation issues raised by stakeholders. This Update 
clarified, among other things, that expected recoveries are to be included in the allowance for credit losses for these financial assets; an 
accounting  policy  election  can  be  made  to  adjust  the  effective  interest  rate  for  existing  troubled  debt  restructurings  based  on  the 
prepayment assumptions instead of the prepayment assumptions applicable immediately prior to the restructuring event; and extends 
the practical expedient to exclude accrued interest receivable from all additional relevant disclosures involving amortized cost basis. For 
entities that have not yet adopted ASU 2016-13 as of November 26, 2019, the effective dates for ASU 2019-11 are the same as the 
effective dates and transition requirements in ASU 2016-13. For entities that have adopted ASU 2016-13, ASU 2019-11 is effective for 
fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019, including interim periods within those fiscal years. The Company qualifies as a smaller 
reporting company and does not expect to early adopt these ASUs.  

In March 2020, the FASB issued ASU 2020-03, Codification Improvements to Financial Instruments. This ASU was issued to 
improve and clarify various financial instruments topics, including the current expected credit losses (CECL) standard issued in 2016. 
The ASU includes seven issues that describe the areas of improvement and the related amendments to GAAP; they are intended to make 
the standards easier to understand and apply and to eliminate inconsistencies, and they are narrow in scope and are not expected to 
significantly change practice for most entities. Among its provisions, the ASU clarifies that all entities, other than public business entities 
that elected the fair value option, are required to provide certain fair value disclosures under ASC 825, Financial Instruments, in both 
interim and annual financial statements. It also clarifies that the contractual term of a net investment in a lease under Topic 842 should 
be the contractual term used to measure expected credit losses under Topic 326. Amendments related to ASU 2019-04 are effective for 
fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019, including interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption is not permitted 
before an entity’s adoption of ASU 2016-01. Amendments related to ASU 2016-13 for entities that have not yet adopted that guidance 
are effective upon adoption of the amendments in ASU 2016-13. Early adoption is not permitted before an entity’s adoption of ASU 
2016-13. Amendments related to ASU 2016-13 for entities that have adopted that guidance are effective for fiscal years beginning after 
December 15, 2019, including interim periods within those years. Other amendments are effective upon issuance of this ASU. This 
Update is not expected to have a significant impact on the Company’s financial statements 

In January 2020, the FASB issued ASU 2020-04, Reference Rate Reform (Topic 848): Facilitation of the Effects of Reference 
Rate Reform on Financial Reporting, March 2020, to provide temporary optional expedients and exceptions to the U.S. GAAP guidance 
on contract modifications and hedge accounting to ease the financial reporting burdens of the expected market transition from LIBOR 
and other interbank offered rates to alternative reference rates, such as the Secured Overnight Financing Rate. Entities can elect not to 
apply certain modification accounting requirements to contracts affected by what the guidance calls “reference rate reform” if certain 
criteria are met. An entity that makes this election would not have to remeasure the contracts at the modification date or reassess a 

42 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
previous accounting determination. Also, entities can elect various optional expedients that would allow them to continue applying 
hedge accounting for hedging relationships affected by reference rate reform if certain criteria are met, and can make a one-time election 
to sell and/or reclassify held-to-maturity debt securities that reference an interest rate affected by reference rate reform. The amendments 
in this ASU are effective for all entities upon issuance through December 31, 2022. It is too early to predict whether a new rate index 
replacement and the adoption of the ASU will have a material impact on the Company’s financial statements.  

In  January 2021,  the  FASB  issued  ASU  2021-01,  Reference  Rate  Reform  (Topic 848), which  provides optional  temporary 
guidance for entities transitioning away from the London Interbank Offered Rate (LIBOR) and other interbank offered rates (IBORs) to 
new references rates so that derivatives affected by the discounting transition are explicitly eligible for certain optional expedients and 
exceptions within Topic 848.   ASU 2021-01 clarifies that the derivatives affected by the discounting transition are explicitly eligible 
for certain optional expedients and exceptions in Topic 848.  ASU 2021-01 is effective immediately for all entities. Entities may elect 
to apply the amendments on a full retrospective basis as of any date from the beginning of an interim period that includes or is subsequent 
to March 12, 2020, or on a prospective basis to new modifications from any date within an interim period that includes or is subsequent 
to the date of the issuance of a final update, up to the date that financial statements are available to be issued. The amendments in this 
update do not apply to contract modifications made, as well as new hedging relationships entered into, after December 31, 2022, and to 
existing hedging relationships evaluated for effectiveness for periods after December 31, 2022, except for certain hedging relationships 
existing as of December 31, 2022, that apply certain optional expedients in which the accounting effects are recorded through the end 
of the hedging relationship. The Company is currently evaluating the impact the adoption of the standard will have on the Company’s 
financial position or results of operations. 

NOTE 3 - SECURITIES  

The amortized cost, gross unrealized gains and losses, and fair value of securities were as follows: 

AVAILABLE FOR SALE: 
U.S. Treasury securities 
U.S. Government agencies 
States and political subdivisions 
Mortgage-backed securities- 

government sponsored entities 
   Total debt securities 

AVAILABLE FOR SALE: 
U.S. Government agencies 
States and political subdivisions 
Corporate obligations 
Mortgage-backed securities- 

government sponsored entities 
   Total debt securities 

Amortized 
Cost 

December 31, 2021 

Gross 
Unrealized 
Gains 

Gross 
Unrealized 
Losses 

(In Thousands) 

Fair 
Value 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

 19,550   $ 
 16,251  
 145,107  

 227,712  
 408,620   $ 

 6   $ 
 24  
 2,155  

 766  
 2,951   $ 

 (205)   $ 
 (264)  
 (1,395)  

 (2,925)  
 (4,789)   $ 

 19,351 
 16,011 
 145,867 

 225,553 
 406,782 

Amortized 
Cost 

December 31, 2020 

Gross 
Unrealized 
Gains 

Gross 
Unrealized 
Losses 

(In Thousands) 

Fair 
Value 

 3,998   $ 

 70,672  
 3,019  

 143,712  
 221,401   $ 

 —   $ 

 2,419  
 13  

 2,809  
 5,241   $ 

 (29)   $ 
 —  
 —  

 (27)  
 (56)   $ 

 3,969 
 73,091 
 3,032 

 146,494 
 226,586 

43 

 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The following tables show the Company’s investments’ gross unrealized losses and fair value aggregated by security type and 

length of time that individual securities have been in a continuous unrealized loss position (in thousands): 

U.S. Treasury securities 
U.S. Government agencies 

States and political 
subdivisions 

Mortgage-backed securities-
government sponsored 
entities 

Less than 12 Months 

December 31, 2021 

12 Months or More 

Total 

$ 

Fair Value 
 18,361 
 7,912 

Unrealized 
Losses 

 $ 

 (205) 
 (109) 

  Fair Value 
 — 
 $ 
 3,843 

Unrealized 
Losses 

 $ 

 — 
 (155) 

  Fair Value 
 18,361 
 $ 
 11,755 

 $ 

Unrealized 
Losses 

 (205) 
 (264) 

 74,658 

 (1,395) 

 — 

 — 

 74,658 

 (1,395) 

 170,647 
 271,578 

 $ 

$ 

 (2,856) 
 (4,565) 

 $ 

 2,919 
 6,762 

 $ 

 (69) 
 (224) 

 $ 

 173,566 
 278,340 

 $ 

 (2,925) 
 (4,789) 

U.S. Government agencies  $ 
Mortgage-backed securities-
government sponsored 
entities 

Less than 12 Months 

December 31, 2020 

12 Months or More 

Fair Value 
 3,969 

Unrealized 
Losses 

 (29) 

  Fair Value 
 — 
 $ 

Unrealized 
Losses 

  Fair Value 
 3,969 
 $ 

 — 

 4,980 
 8,949 

 $ 
 $ 

 (27) 
 (56) 

 $ 

 — 
 — 

$ 

 — 
 — 

 $ 

 4,980 
 8,949 

 $ 

 $ 

Total 

Unrealized 
Losses 

 $ 

 $ 

 (29) 

 (27) 
 (56) 

The Company has  137 debt securities in the less than twelve month category and 3 debt securities in the twelve months or 
more category as of December 31, 2021.  In management’s opinion, the unrealized losses on securities reflect changes in interest rates 
subsequent to the acquisition of specific securities.  No other-than-temporary-impairment charges were recorded in 2021.  Management 
believes that all other unrealized losses represent temporary impairment of the securities, and it is more likely than not that it will not 
have to sell the securities before recovery of their cost basis. 

The  amortized  cost  and  fair  value  of  debt  securities  as  of  December 31,  2021  by  contractual  maturity,  are  shown  below. 
Expected maturities may differ from contractual maturities because borrowers may have the right to prepay obligations with or without 
call or prepayment penalties.  

Due in one year or less 
Due after one year through five years 
Due after five years through ten years 
Due after ten years 

Mortgage-backed securities - government sponsored entities 

Amortized 
Cost 

Fair 
Value 

(In Thousands) 
 1,086 
  $ 
 11,268 
 54,965 
 113,589 
 180,908 

 227,712 
 408,620 

  $ 

 1,093 
 11,488 
 54,392 
 114,256 
 181,229 

 225,553 
 406,782 

$ 

$ 

 Gross realized gains and gross realized losses on sales of securities available for sale were $92,000 and $0, respectively, in 
2021, compared to $71,000 and $0, respectively, in 2020. The proceeds from the sales of securities totaled $11,366,000 and $24,497,000 
for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively.  

Securities with a carrying value of $339,769,000 and $199,361,000 at December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively, were pledged 

to secure public deposits, securities sold under agreements to repurchase and for other purposes as required or permitted by law.   

44 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
  
NOTE 4 - LOANS RECEIVABLE AND ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES 

Set forth below is selected data relating to the composition of the loan portfolio (in thousands): 

Real Estate: 

Residential 
Commercial 
Agricultural 
Construction 

Commercial loans 
Other agricultural loans 
Consumer loans to individuals 

Total loans  

Deferred fees, net 
Total loans receivable 
Allowance for loan losses 
Net loans receivable 

December 31, 2021 

December 31, 2020 

$ 

 273,040 
 628,724 
 61,925 
 21,990 
 186,031 
 37,930 
 146,400 
 1,356,040 

 (1,109) 
 1,354,931 
 (16,442) 
 1,338,489 

$ 

 $ 

 20.1 % 
 46.4  
 4.6  
 1.6  
 13.7  
 2.8  
 10.8  
 100.0 %  

 263,127 
 579,104 
 66,334 
 21,005 
 283,741 
 40,929 
 158,049 
 1,412,289 

 18.6 % 
 41.0  
 4.7  
 1.5  
 20.1  
 2.9  
 11.2  
 100.0 % 

 (1,557) 
 1,410,732 
 (13,150) 
 1,397,582 

 $ 

During 2021 and 2020, the Company participated in the Paycheck Protection Program (“PPP”), administered directly by the 
United States Small Business Administration (“SBA”). The PPP provides loans to small businesses who were affected by economic 
conditions as a result of COVID-19 to provide cash-flow assistance to employers who maintain their payroll (including healthcare and 
certain related expenses), mortgage interest, rent, leases, utilities and interest on existing debt during the COVID-19 emergency. As of 
December 31, 2021 and 2020, the Company had outstanding principal balances of $15,209,000 and $95,043,000, respectively, in PPP 
loans. The PPP loans are fully guaranteed by the SBA and may be eligible for forgiveness by the SBA to the extent that the proceeds 
are used to cover eligible payroll costs, interest costs, rent, and utility costs over a period of up to 24 weeks after the loan is made as 
long as certain conditions are met regarding employee retention and compensation levels. PPP loans deemed eligible for forgiveness by 
the SBA will be repaid by the SBA to the Company. PPP loans are included in the Commercial loan category.  

 In accordance with the SBA terms and conditions on these PPP loans, the Company received approximately $2.9 million and 
$2.3 million in fees associated with the processing of these loans in 2021 and 2020, respectively. Upon funding of the loans, these fees 
were deferred and are amortized over the life of the loan as an adjustment to yield in accordance with FASB ASC 310-20-25-2. 

As a result of the acquisition of UpState, the Company added $15,410,000 of loans that were accounted for in accordance 

with ASC 310-30.  Based on a review of the loans acquired by the Company’s senior lending management, which included an analysis 
of credit deterioration of the loans since origination, the Company recorded a specific credit fair value adjustment of $6,937,000.  For 
loans that were acquired with specific evidence of deterioration in credit quality, loan losses will be accounted for through a reduction 
of the specific reserve and will not impact the allowance for loan losses until actual losses exceed the allotted reserves.  For loans 
acquired without a deterioration of credit quality, losses incurred will result in adjustments to the allowance for loan losses through the 
allowance for loan loss adequacy calculation.   

Changes in the accretable yield for purchased credit-impaired loans were as follows for the twelve months ended 

December 31: 

(In thousands) 

Balance at beginning of period  
Additions 
Accretion 
Reclassification and other  
Balance at end of period 

$ 

$ 

2021 

2020 

 1,365 
 — 
 (880) 
 1,399 
 1,884 

 $ 

 $ 

 — 
 1,724 
 (353) 
 (6) 
 1,365 

45 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
  
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
The following table presents additional information regarding loans acquired and accounted for in accordance with ASC 310-

30 (in thousands): 

Outstanding Balance 

Carrying Amount 

December 31, 
2021 

December 31, 
2020 

$ 

$ 

 12,862   $ 

 15,570 

 8,304   $ 

 9,281 

Loans acquired with credit deterioration of $15,410,000 and accounted for in accordance with ASC 310-30 were individually 
evaluated to estimate credit losses and a net recovery amount for each loan.  The net cash flows for each loan were then discounted to 
present value using a risk-adjusted market rate.  The table below presents the components of the purchase accounting adjustments: 

(In Thousands) 
Contractually required principal and interest 
Non-accretable discount 
Expected cash flows 
Accretable discount 
Estimated fair value 

July 7, 2020 

 15,410 
 (5,213) 
 10,197 
 (1,724) 
 8,473 

$ 

$ 

There has been no allowance for loan losses recorded for acquired loans with specific evidence of deterioration in credit quality.  
As of December 31, 2021, for loans that were acquired prior to 2020 with or without specific evidence of deterioration in credit quality, 
adjustments to the allowance for loan losses have been accounted for through the allowance for loan loss adequacy calculation.  

The  Company  maintains  a  loan  review  system,  which  allows  for  a  periodic  review  of  our  loan  portfolio  and  the  early 
identification of potential impaired loans.  The system takes into consideration, among other things, delinquency status, size of loans, 
type and market value of collateral and financial condition of the borrowers.  Specific loan loss allowances are established for identified 
losses based on a review of such information.  A loan evaluated for impairment is considered to be impaired when, based on current 
information and events, it is probable that we will be unable to collect all amounts due according to the contractual terms of the loan 
agreement.  All loans identified as impaired are evaluated independently.  The Company does not aggregate such loans for evaluation 
purposes.  Impairment is measured on a loan-by-loan basis for commercial and construction loans by the present value of expected 
future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate, the loan’s obtainable market price, or the fair value of the collateral if 
the loan is collateral-dependent. 

Large groups of smaller balance homogeneous loans are collectively evaluated for impairment.  Accordingly, the Company 
does not separately identify individual consumer and residential mortgage loans for impairment disclosures, unless such loans are part 
of a larger relationship that is impaired, or are classified as a troubled debt restructuring. 

The  following  tables  show  the  amount  of  loans  in  each  category  that  were  individually  and  collectively  evaluated  for 

impairment at the dates indicated: 

Real Estate Loans 

Residential  Commercial    Agricultural  Construction   Loans 

   Agricultural   Loans 

Total 

 Commercial     Other 

  Consumer     

(In thousands) 

$ 

December 31, 2021   
Individually 
evaluated for  
impairment 
Loans acquired with 
deteriorated credit 
quality 
Collectively 
evaluated for 
impairment 
Total Loans 

 —   $ 

 1,658  $ 

 —   $ 

 —   $ 

 16   $ 

 —   $ 

 —   $ 

 1,674 

 784    

 3,285   

 1,918    

 —    

 198    

 2,119    

 —    

 8,304 

 272,256   
$   273,040  $ 

 623,781   
 628,724  $ 

 60,007   
 61,925  $ 

 21,990    
 21,990   $ 

 185,817    
 186,031   $ 

 1,346,062 
 146,400    
 35,811   
 37,930  $   146,400   $   1,356,040 

46 

 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
    
  
 
  
 
     
    
    
 
 
 
 
 
Real Estate Loans 

Residential  Commercial    Agricultural  Construction   Loans 

   Agricultural   Loans 

Total 

 Commercial     Other 

  Consumer     

(In thousands) 

 —   $ 

 2,582  $ 

 —   $ 

 —   $ 

 80   $ 

 —   $ 

 —   $ 

 2,662 

 591    

 3,995   

 2,043    

 194    

 246    

 2,212    

 —    

 9,281 

$ 

December 31, 2020   
Individually 
evaluated for  
impairment 
Loans acquired with 
deteriorated credit 
quality 
Collectively 
evaluated for 
impairment 
Total Loans 

 262,536   
$   263,127  $ 

 572,527   
 579,104  $ 

 64,291   
 66,334  $ 

 20,811    
 21,005   $ 

 283,415    
 283,741   $ 

 38,717   
 1,400,346 
 158,049    
 40,929  $   158,049   $   1,412,289 

The following table includes the recorded investment and unpaid principal balances for impaired loans with the associated 

allowance amount, if applicable.   

December 31, 2021 
With no related allowance recorded: 
Real Estate Loans 
  Commercial 
Commercial loans 

Subtotal 

With an allowance recorded: 
Real Estate Loans 
  Commercial 

Subtotal 

Total: 
Real Estate Loans 
  Commercial 
Commercial loans 

Total Impaired Loans 

Recorded 
Investment 

  Unpaid Principal   
Principal 
Balance 
  (In thousands) 

Associated 
Allowance 

$ 

$ 

$ 

 141   $ 
 16  
 157  

 141   $ 
 16  
 157  

 1,517  

 1,517  

 1,517  

 1,517  

 1,658   $ 
 16  
 1,674   $ 

 1,658   $ 
 16  
 1,674   $ 

 — 
 — 
 — 

 272 

 272 

 272 
 — 
 272 

47 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
    
  
 
  
 
     
    
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
December 31, 2020 
With no related allowance recorded: 
Real Estate Loans 
  Commercial 
Commercial loans 

Subtotal 

With an allowance recorded: 
Real Estate Loans 
  Commercial 

Subtotal 

Total: 
Real Estate Loans 

  Residential 
  Commercial 
Commercial loans 

Total Impaired Loans 

Recorded 
Investment 

Unpaid  
Principal  
Balance 
  (In thousands) 

Associated 
Allowance 

$ 

$ 

$ 

 2,582   $ 
 80  
 2,662  

 3,234   $ 
 80  
 3,314  

 —  

 —  

 —  

 —  

 2,582   $ 
 80  
 2,662   $ 

 3,234   $ 
 80  
 3,314   $ 

 — 
 — 
 — 

 — 

 — 

 — 
 — 
 — 
 — 

 14 
 — 
 14 

The following information for impaired loans is presented for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020: 

Total: 
Real Estate Loans 
   Commercial 
Commercial loans 
Total Loans 

Average Recorded 
Investment 

Interest Income 
Recognized 

2021 

2020 

2021 

2020 

(In thousands) 

$ 

$ 

 2,358   $ 
 18  
 2,376   $ 

 2,105   $ 
 16  
 2,121   $ 

 157   $ 
 7  
 164   $ 

Troubled  debt  restructured  loans  are  those  loans  whose  terms  have  been  renegotiated  to  provide  a  reduction  or  deferral  of 
principal  or  interest  as  a  result  of  financial  difficulties  experienced  by  the  borrower,  who  could  not  obtain  comparable  terms  from 
alternate financing sources.  As of December 31, 2021, there were no troubled debt restructured loans.  During 2021, there were no new 
loan relationships identified as troubled debt restructurings.  During 2021, there were no charge-offs on loans classified as troubled debt 
restructurings.   

As of December 31, 2020, troubled debt restructured loans totaled $75,000 and did not require a specific reserve.  During 2020, 
there were no new loan relationships identified as troubled debt restructurings.  During 2020, there was a charge-off in the amount of 
$20,000 on loans classified as troubled debt restructurings.   

On April 7, 2020, federal banking regulators issued a revised interagency statement that included guidance on their approach 
for the accounting of loan modifications in light of the economic impact of the COVID-19 pandemic. The guidance interprets current 
accounting standards and indicates that a lender can conclude that a borrower is not experiencing financial difficulty if short-term 
modifications are made in response to COVID-19, such as payment deferrals, fee waivers, extensions of repayment terms, or other 
delays in payment that are insignificant related to the loans in which the borrower is less than 30 days past due on its contractual 
payments at the time a modification program is implemented. The agencies confirmed in working with the staff of the FASB that 
short-term modifications made on a good faith basis in response to COVID-19 to borrowers who were current prior to any relief are 
not TDRs. 

Foreclosed  assets  acquired  in  settlement  of  loans  are  carried  at  fair  value  less  estimated  costs  to  sell  and  are  included  in 
foreclosed real estate owned on the Consolidated Balance Sheets.  As of December 31, 2021 and 2020, foreclosed real estate owned 
totaled  $1,742,000  and  $965,000,  respectively.    As  of  December 31,  2021,  included  within  foreclosed  real  estate  owned  are  two 
commercial properties that were received via a deed in lieu.  As of December 31, 2021, the Company has initiated formal foreclosure 
proceedings on five consumer residential mortgage loans with an outstanding balance of $532,000. 

48 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
Management uses an eight point internal risk rating system to monitor the credit quality of the overall loan portfolio.  The first 
four categories are considered not criticized, and are aggregated as “Pass” rated.  The criticized rating categories utilized by management 
generally  follow  bank  regulatory  definitions.    The  Special  Mention  category  includes  assets  that  are  currently  protected  but  are 
potentially weak, resulting in an undue and unwarranted credit risk, but not to the point of justifying a Substandard classification.  Loans 
in the Substandard category have well-defined weaknesses that jeopardize the liquidation of the debt, and have a distinct possibility that 
some loss will be sustained if the weaknesses are not corrected.  Loans greater than 90 days past due are considered Substandard unless 
full payment is expected.  Any portion of a loan that has been charged off is placed in the Loss category. 

To help ensure that risk ratings are accurate and reflect the present and future capacity of borrowers to repay a loan as agreed, 
the  Company  has  a  structured  loan  rating  process  with  several  layers  of  internal  and  external  oversight.    Generally,  consumer  and 
residential mortgage loans are included in the Pass categories unless a specific action, such as nonperformance, repossession, or death 
occurs to raise awareness of a possible credit event.  The Company’s Loan Review Department is responsible for the timely and accurate 
risk rating of the loans on an ongoing basis.  Every credit which must be approved by Loan Committee or the Board of Directors is 
assigned a risk rating at time of consideration.  Loan Review also annually reviews relationships of $1,500,000 and over to assign or re-
affirm risk ratings. Loans in the Substandard categories that are collectively evaluated for impairment are given separate consideration 
in the determination of the allowance. 

The following table presents the classes of the loan portfolio summarized by the aggregate Pass and the criticized categories of 
Special Mention, Substandard, Doubtful and Loss within the internal risk rating system as of  December 31, 2021 and December 31, 
2020 (in thousands): 

December 31, 2021 
Commercial real estate 
loans 
$ 
Real estate - agricultural    
Commercial loans 
Other agricultural loans 

Total 

$ 

December 31, 2020 
Commercial real estate 
$ 
Real estate - agricultural    
Commercial loans 
Other agricultural loans 

Total 

$ 

Pass 

Special 
  Mention 

  Substandard 

Doubtful 

Loss 

Total 

 618,541   $ 
 60,193  
 185,729  
 35,573  
 900,036   $ 

 5,146   $ 
 —  
 199  
 210  
 5,555   $ 

 4,765   $ 
 1,732  
 103  
 2,147  
 8,747   $ 

 —   $ 
 —  
 —  
 —  
 —   $ 

 272   $ 
 —  
 —  
 —  
 272   $ 

 628,724 
 61,925 
 186,031 
 37,930 
 914,610 

Pass 

Special 
Mention 

Substandard   

Doubtful 

Loss 

Total 

 566,418   $ 
 58,322  
 282,915  
 35,772  
 943,427   $ 

 6,346   $ 
 5,111  
 437  
 2,786  
 14,680   $ 

 6,340   $ 
 2,901  
 389  
 2,371  
 12,001   $ 

 —   $ 
 —  
 —  
 —  

 -   $ 

 —   $ 
 —  
 —  
 —  

 -   $ 

 579,104 
 66,334 
 283,741 
 40,929 
 970,108 

For residential real estate loans, construction loans and consumer loans, the Company evaluates credit quality based on the 
performance of the individual credits. Nonperforming loans include loans that have been placed on nonaccrual status and loans remaining 
in accrual status on which the contractual payment of principal and interest has become 90 days past due. 

The following table presents the recorded investment in the loan classes based on payment activity as of December 31, 2021 

and December 31, 2020 (in thousands): 

December 31, 2021 
Residential real estate loans 
Construction 
Consumer loans to individuals 

Total 

Performing 

  Nonperforming 

Total 

$ 

$ 

 272,571   $ 
 21,990  
 146,345  
 440,906   $ 

 469   $ 
 —  
 55  
 524   $ 

 273,040 
 21,990 
 146,400 
 441,430 

49 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
December 31, 2020 
Residential real estate loans 
Construction 
Consumer loans to individuals 

Total 

Performing 

  Nonperforming 

Total 

$ 

$ 

 262,556   $ 
 21,005  
 157,864  
 441,425   $ 

 571   $ 
 —  
 185  
 756   $ 

 263,127 
 21,005 
 158,049 
 442,181 

Management further monitors the performance and credit quality of the loan portfolio by analyzing the age of the portfolio as 
determined  by  the  length  of  time  a  recorded  payment  is  past  due.    The  following  table  presents  the  classes  of  the  loan  portfolio 
summarized by the aging categories of performing loans and nonaccrual loans as of December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020 (in 
thousands): 

31-60 
Days Past 
Due 

61-90 
Days Past 
Due 

Current 

Greater than 
90 Days Past 
Due and still 
accruing 

Non-
Accrual 

Total Past Due 
and Non-
Accrual 

Purchased 
Credit 
Impaired 
Loans 

  Total Loans 

December 31, 
2021 
Real Estate 
loans  

$ 

Residential 
Commercial 
Agricultural 
Construction   

 271,622   $ 
 625,336    
 59,982    
 21,990    

 155   $ 
 —    
 25    
 —    

 10   $ 
 —    
 —    
 —    

 —   $ 
 —    
 —    
 —    

 469   $ 
 103    
 —    
 —    

 185,801 

 3 

 13 

 91 

 16 

 35,811 

 — 

 — 

 — 

 — 

 634   $ 
 103    
 25    
 —    

 32 

 — 

 784   $ 

 3,285  
 1,918  
 -  

 198  

 273,040 
 628,724 
 61,925 
 21,990 

 186,031 

 2,119 

 37,930 

 145,986 
$   1,346,528   $ 

 248 
 431   $ 

 111 
 134   $ 

 — 
 91   $ 

 55 
 643   $ 

 414 
 1,208   $ 

 - 

 146,400 
 8,304   $  1,356,040 

31-60 
Days Past 
Due 

61-90 
Days Past 
Due 

Current 

Greater than 
90 Days Past 
Due and still 
accruing 

Non-
Accrual 

Total Past Due 
and Non-
Accrual 

Purchased 
Credit 
Impaired 
Loans 

  Total Loans 

$ 

Residential 
Commercial 
Agricultural 
Construction   

 261,406   $ 
 573,376    
 63,615    
 20,811    

 355   $ 
 59    
 —    
 —    

 204   $ 
 —    
 —    
 —    

 —   $ 
 —    
 —    
 —    

 571   $ 

 1,674    
 676    
 —    

 1,130   $ 
 1,733    
 676    
 —    

 282,374 

 1,009 

 90 

 — 

 22 

 1,121 

 591   $ 

 3,995  
 2,043  
 194  

 246  

 263,127 
 579,104 
 66,334 
 21,005 

 283,741 

 38,454 

 — 

 — 

 — 

 263 

 263 

 2,212 

 40,929 

 157,538 
$   1,397,574   $ 

 233 
 1,656   $ 

 93 
 387   $ 

 — 
 —   $ 

 185 
 3,391   $ 

 511 
 5,434   $ 

 - 

 158,049 
 9,281   $  1,412,289 

50 

Commercial  
loans 
Other 
agricultural 
loans 
Consumer  
loans 

Total 

December 31, 
2020 
Real Estate 
loans  

Commercial  
loans 
Other 
agricultural 
loans 
Consumer  
loans 

Total 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The following table presents the allowance for loan losses by the classes of the loan portfolio: 

$ 

(In thousands) 
Beginning balance, 
December 31, 2020 
Charge Offs 
Recoveries 
Provision for loan losses   
Ending balance, 
December 31, 2021 
Ending balance 
individually evaluated 
for impairment 
Ending balance 
collectively evaluated 
 for impairment 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

(In thousands) 
Beginning balance, 
December 31, 2019 
Charge Offs 
Recoveries 
Provision for loan losses   
Ending balance, 
December 31, 2020 
Ending balance 
individually evaluated 
for impairment 
Ending balance 
collectively evaluated 
 for impairment 

$ 

$ 

$ 

Residential 
Real Estate 

Commercial 
Real Estate 

  Construction 

 Commercial 

  Consumer 

Total 

$ 

 1,960 
 (17) 
 74 
 158 

$ 

 8,004 
 (452) 
 19 
 3,307 

$ 

 150 
 — 
 — 
 (17) 

$ 

 1,360 
 (200) 
 49 
 281 

$ 

 1,676 
 (480) 
 99 
 471 

 13,150 
 (1,149) 
 241 
 4,200 

 2,175 

$ 

 10,878 

$ 

 133 

$ 

 1,490 

$ 

 1,766 

$ 

 16,442 

 — 

$ 

 272 

$ 

 — 

$ 

 — 

$ 

 — 

$ 

 272 

 2,175 

$ 

 10,606 

$ 

 133 

$ 

 1,490 

$ 

 1,766 

$ 

 16,170 

Residential 
Real Estate 

Commercial 
Real Estate 

  Construction 

 Commercial 

  Consumer 

Total 

$ 

 1,552 
 (41) 
 6 
 443 

$ 

 4,687 
 (452) 
 39 
 3,730 

$ 

 95 
 — 
 — 
 55 

$ 

 949 
 (18) 
 44 
 385 

$ 

 1,226 
 (431) 
 44 
 837 

 8,509 
 (942) 
 133 
 5,450 

 1,960 

$ 

 8,004 

$ 

 150 

$ 

 1,360 

$ 

 1,676 

$ 

 13,150 

 — 

$ 

 — 

$ 

 — 

$ 

 — 

$ 

 — 

$ 

 — 

 1,960 

$ 

 8,004 

$ 

 150 

$ 

 1,360 

$ 

 1,676 

$ 

 13,150 

During the period ended December 31, 2021, the allowance for loan losses increased from $13,150,000 to $16,442,000.  This 
$3,292,000 increase in the required allowance was due primarily to a $1.5 million increase in the qualitative factor related to loan growth 
and a $1.4 million increase due to an increase in the qualitative factor related to large balance loans.  

During the period ended December 31, 2020, the allowance for loan losses increased from $8,509,000 to $13,150,000.  This 
$4,641,000 increase in the required allowance was due primarily to a $2.3 million increase in the qualitative factor related to economic 
conditions and a $2.2 million increase due to new qualitative factors directly related to the COVID-19 pandemic.  

Interest income that would have been recorded on loans accounted for on a non-accrual basis under the original terms of the 

loans was $35,000 and $286,000 for 2021 and 2020, respectively.  

As  of  December 31,  2021  and  2020,  the  Company  considered  its  concentration  of  credit  risk  to  be  acceptable.    As  of 
December 31, 2021, the highest concentrations are in commercial rentals and the residential rentals category, with loans outstanding of 
$135.7 million, or 10.0% of bank capital, to commercial rentals, and $116.3 million, or 8.6% of bank capital to residential rentals.  There 
were no charge-offs on loans within these concentrations for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively. 

During 2021, the Company sold residential mortgage loans totaling $8,616,000.  During 2020, the Company sold residential 
mortgage loans totaling $12,312,000.  Gross realized gains and gross realized losses on sales of residential mortgage loans were $177,000 
and $0, respectively, in 2021 and $527,000 and $0, respectively, in 2020.  The proceeds from the sales of residential mortgage loans 
totaled $8,793,000 and $12,839,000 for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively.  As of December 31, 2021 and 
2020, the outstanding value of loans serviced for others totaled $65.4 million and $72.5 million, respectively. 

51 

 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
NOTE 5 - PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT  

Components of premises and equipment at December 31 are as follows: 

Land and improvements 
Buildings and improvements 
Furniture and equipment 

Accumulated depreciation 

$ 

2021 

2020 

(In Thousands) 
 3,879   $ 
 21,846  
 10,183  
 35,908  
 (18,619)  

 3,878 
 21,545 
 9,717 
 35,140 
 (17,326) 

$ 

 17,289   $ 

 17,814 

Depreciation expense totaled $1,481,000 and $1,322,000 for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively. 

NOTE 6 - DEPOSITS  

Aggregate time deposits in denominations greater than $250,000 were $257,238,000 and $205,376,000 at December 31, 2021 

and 2020, respectively.  

At December 31, 2021, the scheduled maturities of time deposits are as follows (in thousands):  

2022 
2023 
2024 
2025 
2026 

NOTE 7 – BORROWINGS 

Short-term borrowings at December 31 consist of the following: 

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase 
Federal Home Loan Bank short-term borrowings 

$ 

$ 

 406,331 
 70,921 
 30,978 
 10,533 
 9,939 
 528,702 

2021 

2020 

(In Thousands) 
 60,822   $ 
 —  
 60,822   $ 

 63,303 
 — 
 63,303 

$ 

$ 

The outstanding balances and related information of short-term borrowings are summarized as follows: 

Average balance during the year 
Average interest rate during the year 
Maximum month-end balance during the year 
Weighted average interest rate at the end of the year 

Years Ended December 31, 
2020 
2021 
(Dollars In Thousands) 
  $ 
 73,810  

 57,014  

 0.39 %  

 90,409  

  $ 

 0.34 %  

 0.55 % 

 69,294  

 0.43 % 

$ 

$ 

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase generally mature within one day to one year from the transaction date. Securities 
with  an  amortized  cost  and  fair  value  of  $66,353,000  and  $65,162,000  at  December 31,  2021  and $63,462,000  and $64,429,000  at 
December 31, 2020, respectively, were pledged as collateral for these agreements. The securities underlying the agreements were under 
the Company’s control. 

52 

 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The  collateral  pledged  for  repurchase  agreements  that  are  classified  as  secured  borrowings  is  summarized  as  follows  (in 

thousands): 

Overnight and 
continuous 

As of December 31, 2021 
Remaining Contractual Maturity of the Agreements 
Greater than 90 
days 

30-90 days 

  Up to 30 days 

Total 

Repurchase Agreements: 
  Mortgage-backed securities - 
government sponsored entities 

Total liability recognized for 
repurchase agreements 

Repurchase Agreements: 
Mortgage-backed securities - 
government sponsored entities 

Total liability recognized for 
repurchase agreements 

  $ 

 65,162   $ 

 —   $ 

 —   $ 

 —   $ 

 65,162 

As of December 31, 2020 

Overnight and 
continuous 

Remaining Contractual Maturity of the Agreements 
Greater than 90 
days 

30-90 days 

  Up to 30 days 

 60,822 

Total 

  $ 

 64,429   $ 

 —   $ 

 —   $ 

 —   $ 

 64,429 

 63,303 

The Company has a line of credit commitment available from the FHLB of Pittsburgh for borrowings of up to $150,000,000, 
which renews annually in June.  At December 31, 2021, there were no borrowings outstanding on this line.  There were no borrowings 
outstanding  on  this  line  of  credit  at  December 31,  2020.    The  Company  has  a  line  of  credit  commitment  available  from  Atlantic 
Community  Bankers  Bank  for  $7,000,000,  which  expires on  June 30,  2022.   There  were  no  borrowings  under  this  line  of  credit  at 
December 31, 2021 and 2020. The Company has a line of credit commitment available from PNC Bank for $16,000,000 at December 31, 
2021. There were no borrowings under this line of credit at December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020.  The Company also has a line 
of credit commitment from Zions Bank for $17,000,000.  There were no borrowings under this line of credit at December 31, 2021 and 
December 31, 2020. 

Other borrowings consisted of the following at December 31, 2021 and 2020: 

Amortizing fixed rate borrowing due March 2022 at 1.75% 
Amortizing fixed rate borrowing due August 2022 at 1.94% 
Amortizing fixed rate borrowing due October 2022 at 1.88% 
Amortizing fixed rate borrowing due October 2023 at 3.24% 
Amortizing fixed rate borrowing due December 2023 at 3.22% 
Fixed rate term borrowing due December 2023 at 1.95% 
Amortizing fixed rate borrowing due December 2023 at 1.73% 
Amortizing fixed rate borrowing due April 2024 at 0.91% 

2021 

2020 

(In Thousands) 

$ 

$ 

 227   $ 

 1,364  
 1,386  
 3,856  
 2,097  
 10,000  
 5,190  
 5,878  
 29,998   $ 

 1,126 
 3,376 
 3,021 
 5,865 
 3,096 
 10,000 
 7,616 
 8,359 
 42,459 

Contractual maturities and scheduled cash flows of other borrowings at December 31, 2021 are as follows (in thousands): 

2022 
2023 
2024 

$ 

$ 

 2,977 
 21,143 
 5,878 
 29,998 

The Bank’s maximum borrowing capacity with the FHLB was $607,092,000 of which $29,998,000 was outstanding in the 
form of advances and $127,850,000 was outstanding in the form of letters of credit at December 31, 2021. Advances from the FHLB 
are secured by qualifying assets of the Bank. 

53 

 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTE 8 – OPERATING LEASES 

The Company leases eight office locations under operating leases.  Several assumptions and judgments were made when 

applying the requirements of Topic 842 to the Company’s existing lease commitments, including the allocation of consideration in the 
contracts between lease and nonlease components, determination of the lease term, and determination of the discount rate used in 
calculating the present value of the lease payments.   

The Company has elected to account for the variable nonlease components, such as common area maintenance charges, 

utilities, real estate taxes, and insurance, separately from the lease component.  Such variable nonlease components are reported in net 
occupancy expense on the Consolidated Statements of Income when paid.  These variable nonlease components were excluded from 
the calculation of the present value of the remaining lease payments, therefore, they are not included in other assets and other 
liabilities on the Consolidated Balance Sheets.  The lease cost associated with the operating leases for the year ending December 31, 
2021 and 2020, amounted to $587,000 and $571,000 respectively.  The right-of-use asset associated with operating leases amounted to 
$4,511,000 and $4,938,000 at December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively.  The lease liability associated with operating leases 
amounted to $4,577,000 and $4,984,000 at December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively.  

Certain of the Company’s leases contain options to renew the lease after the initial term.  Management considers the 

Company’s historical pattern of exercising renewal options on leases and the positive performance of the leased locations, when 
determining whether it is reasonably certain that the leases will be renewed.  If management concludes that there is reasonable 
certainty about the renewal option, it is included in the calculation of the remaining term of each applicable lease.  The discount rate 
utilized in calculating the present value of the remaining lease payments for each lease was the Federal Home Loan Bank of Pittsburgh 
advance rate corresponding to the remaining maturity of the lease.  The following table presents the weighted-average remaining lease 
term and discount rate for the leases outstanding at December 31, 2021. 

Weighted-average remaining term 
Weighted-average discount rate 

Operating 

11.5 years 
 2.95% 

The following table presents the undiscounted cash flows due related to operating leases as of December 31, 2021, along with 

a reconciliation to the discounted amount recorded on the Consolidated Balance Sheets: 

Undiscounted cash flows due (in thousands) 
2022 
2023 
2024 
2025 
2026 
2027 and thereafter 
   Total undiscounted cash flows 
Discount on cash flows 
Total lease liabilities 

Operating 

 546 
 535 
 543 
 561 
 504 
 2,815 
 5,504 
 (927) 
 4,577 

$ 

$ 

Under Topic 842, the lessee can elect to not record on the Consolidated Balance Sheets a lease whose term is twelve months 
or less and does not include a purchase option that the lessee is reasonably certain to exercise.  As of December 31, 2021, the Company 
had no leases that had a term of twelve months or less. 

NOTE 9 – EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS 

The Company has a defined contributory profit-sharing plan which includes provisions of a 401(k) plan. The plan permits 
employees to make pre-tax contributions of up to 15% of the employee’s compensation, not to exceed the limits set by the Internal 
Revenue  Service.  The  amount  of  contributions  to  the  plan,  including  matching  contributions,  is  at  the  discretion  of  the  Board  of 
Directors. All employees over the age of 21 are eligible to participate in the plan and receive Company contributions after one year of 
employment.  Eligible  employees  are  able  to  contribute  to  the  Plan  at  the  beginning  of  the  first  quarterly  period  after  their  date  of 
employment.    Employee  contributions  vest  immediately,  and  any  Company  contributions  are  fully  vested  after  five  years.  The 
Company’s contributions are expensed as the cost is incurred, funded currently, and amounted to $1,135,000 and $1,049,000 for the 
years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively.   

54 

 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
The Company has several non-qualified supplemental executive retirement plans for the benefit of certain executive officers 
and  former  officers.  At  December 31,  2021  and  2020,  other  liabilities  include  $3,481,000  and  $3,529,000  accrued  under  the  Plan. 
Compensation expense includes approximately $364,000 and $495,000 relating to the supplemental executive retirement plan for 2021 
and 2020, respectively.  To fund the benefits under this plan, the Company is the owner of single premium life insurance policies on 
participants in the non-qualified retirement plan. At December 31, 2021 and 2020, the cash value of these policies was $40,038,000 and 
$39,608,000, respectively.   

The  Company  provides  postretirement  benefits  in  the  form  of  split-dollar  life  arrangements  to  employees  who  meet  the 
eligibility requirements. The net periodic postretirement benefit expense included in salaries and employee benefits was $153,000 and 
$86,000 for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively. 

FASB authoritative guidance on accounting for deferred compensation and postretirement benefit aspects of endorsement split-
dollar life insurance arrangements requires the recognition of a liability and related compensation expense for endorsement split-dollar 
life insurance that provides a benefit to an employee that extends to postretirement periods.  The life insurance policies purchased for 
the purpose of providing such benefits do not effectively settle an entity’s obligation to the employee.  Accordingly, the entity must 
recognize a liability and related compensation expense during the employee’s active service period based on the future cost of insurance 
to be incurred during the employee’s retirement.  This expense is included in the SERP plan expense for 2021 and 2020 discussed above.  
If the entity has agreed to provide the employee with a death benefit, then the liability for the future death benefit should be recognized 
by  following  the  FASB  authoritative  guidance  on  employer’s  accounting  for  postretirement  benefits  other  than  pensions.    The 
accumulated postretirement benefit obligation was $1,630,000 and $1,477,000 at December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively. 

Through its acquisition of Delaware, the Company also has certain director fee deferral and continuation plans.  These plans 
allowed directors to defer director fees and provide a benefit payment for a period of five years to fifteen years.  The Company expensed 
$0 and $2,000 under these plans in 2021 and 2020, respectively.  At December 31, 2021 and 2020, the liability under these plans was 
$5,000 and $82,000, respectively. 

Certain key executives have change in control agreements with the Company.  These agreements provide certain potential 

benefits in the event of termination of employment following a change in control. 

The Company participates in the Pentegra Mulitemployer Defined Benefit Pension Plan (EIN 13-5645888 and Plan # 333) as 
a result of its acquisition of North Penn.  As of December 31, 2021 and 2020, the Company’s Plan was 116.6% and 94.2% funded, 
respectively, and total contributions made are not more than 5% of the total contributions to the Plan.  The Company’s expense related 
to the Plan was $17,000 in 2021 and $24,000 in 2020.  During the plan years ending December 31, 2021 and 2020, the Company made 
contributions of $17,000 and $24,000, respectively. 

As  a  result  of  its  acquisition of  Delaware,  the  Company  is  a  member  of  the  New  York State  Bankers  Retirement  System.  
Substantially all full-time employees who were former employees of Delaware are covered under this defined benefit pension plan (the 
“Delaware Plan”).  The Company’s funding policy is to contribute at least the minimum required contribution annually.  Pension cost 
is computed using the projected unit credit actuarial cost method.  Effective December 31, 2012, the Delaware Plan was closed to new 
participants and accrued benefits were frozen. 

The following table sets forth the projected benefit obligation and change in plan assets for the Delaware Plan at December 31:  

(in Thousands) 
   Change in projected benefit obligation: 
   Projected benefit obligation at beginning of year 
   Service cost 
   Interest cost 
   Actuarial (gain) loss 
   Benefits paid 
   Benefit obligation at end of year 
   Change in plan assets: 
   Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year 
   Actual return on plan assets 
   Benefits paid 
   Fair value of assets at end of year 
   Funded status at end of year 

2021 

2020 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

 $ 

 (8,065) 
 (51)  
 (206)  
 177  
 523  
 (7,622)   $ 

 $ 

 7,744 
 474  
 (527)  
 7,691  

 69   $ 

 (7,515) 
 (58) 
 (257) 
 (767) 
 532 
 (8,065) 

 6,853 
 1,416 
 (525) 
 7,744 
 (321) 

The  Delaware  Plan  paid  $523,000  and  $532,000  in  benefit  payments  in  2021  and  2020,  respectively.    Estimated  benefit 
payments under the Delaware Plan are expected to be approximately $460,000, $445,000, $437,000, $441,000 and $431,000 for the 
55 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
next five years.  Payments are expected to be approximately $2,055,000 in total for the five-year period ending December 31, 2031.  
The Company was not required to make any contributions to the Delaware Plan in 2021 or 2020.  The increase in the projected discount 
rate from 2.63% to 2.93% decreased the projected benefit obligation for the year ended December 31, 2021 by approximately $280,000.   

The accumulated benefit obligation for the Delaware Plan was $7,622,000 and $8,065,000 at December 31, 2021 and 2020, 

respectively. 

The  following  table  sets  forth  the  amounts  recognized  in  accumulated  other  comprehensive  income  for  the  years  ended 

December 31 (in thousands): 

Transition asset 
Prior service credit 
Gain 
   Total 

Net pension cost (income) included the following components (in thousands): 

Service cost benefits earned during the period 
Interest cost on projected benefit obligation 
Actual return on assets 
Net amortization and deferral 

     Net periodic pension cost (income)  

2021 

2020 

 $ 

 — 
 — 
 220  
 220   $ 

2021 

2020 

 $ 

 51 
 206  
 (394)  
 (34) 

 (171)   $ 

 — 
 — 
 241 
 241 

 58 
 257 
 (395) 
 (20) 

 (100) 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

The weighted average assumptions used to determine the benefit obligation at December 31 are as follows: 

Discount rate 

2021 

2020 

 2.93 %   

 2.63 % 

The weighted average assumptions used to determine the net periodic pension cost at December 31 are as follows: 

Discount rate 
Expected long-term return on plan assets 
Rate of compensation increase 

2021  
 2.63 %   
 5.25 %   
 — %   

2020  
 3.55 % 
 6.00 % 
 — % 

The expected long-term return on plan assets was determined based upon expected returns on individual asset types included 

in the asset portfolio. 

The Delaware Plan’s weighted-average asset allocations at December 31, by asset category, are as follows:   

Cash equivalents 
Equity securities 
Fixed income securities 
Other 

2021 

2020 

 — %   
 35.7 %   
 35.0 %   
 29.3 %   
 100.0 %   

 — % 
 31.6 % 
 62.6 % 
 5.8 % 
 100.0 % 

The New York Bankers Retirement System (“System”) overall investment strategy is to invest in a diversified portfolio while 
managing  the  variability  between  the  assets  and  projected  liabilities  of  underfunded  pension  plans.    In  2019,  the  System’s  Board 
Members  approved  a  migration  of  substantially  all  of  the  System’s  assets  to  one  fund,  Commingled  Pensions  Trust  Fund  (LDI 
Diversified  Balanced)  of  JPMorgan  Chase  Bank,  N.A.    The  Fund  is  a  group  trust  within  the  meaning  of  internal  Revenue  Service 
Revenue Ruling 81-100, as amended.  The growth-oriented portion of the Fund invests in a mix of asset classes that the Fund’s Trustee 
believes will collectively maximize total risk-adjusted return through a combination of capital appreciation and income.  This portion 
of the Fund will comprise between 35% and 90% of the portfolio and will invest directly or indirectly via underlying funds in a broad 

56 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
mix of global equity, global fixed income, real estate and cash-plus strategies.  The remaining portion of the Fund, between 10% and 
65% of the portfolio, is used to minimize volatility relative to a plan’s projected liabilities.   

At December 31, 2021 and 2020, the System had an investment concentration of approximately 100% and 99%, respectively, 
of its total portfolio in the JPMCB LDI Diversified Balanced Fund, a commingled pension trust fund. Primarily all of the assets of the 
JPMCD LDI Diversified Balance Fund are valued at Net Asset Value (“NAV”).  The NAV of the fund is determined at the last sales 
price or official market closing price on the primary exchange on which the instrument is traded before the net asset values of the Funds 
are calculated on a valuation date.  In accordance with ASC Subtopic 820-10, certain investments measured at net asset value per share 
(or its equivalents) are not required to be classified in the fair value hierarchy. 

NOTE 10 - INCOME TAXES 

The components of the provision for federal income taxes are as follows: 

Current 
Deferred 

Years Ended December 31, 

2021 

2020 

(In Thousands) 
 6,328   $ 
 (383)  
 5,945   $ 

 7,754 
 (4,468) 
 3,286 

$ 

$ 

Deferred income taxes reflect temporary differences in the recognition of revenue and expenses for tax reporting and financial 
statement purposes, principally because certain items, such as the allowance for loan losses and loan fees are recognized in different 
periods for financial reporting and tax return purposes. As of December 31, 2021, the Company had a $3,894,000 net operating loss 
carryforward that will begin to expire by December 31, 2036.  A valuation allowance has not been established for deferred tax assets. 
Realization  of  the  deferred  tax  assets  is  dependent  on  generating  sufficient  taxable  income.  Although  realization  is  not  assured, 
management believes it is more likely than not that all of the deferred tax asset will be realized. Deferred tax assets are recorded in other 
assets.  

Income tax expense of the Company is less than the amounts computed by applying statutory federal income tax rates to income 

before income taxes because of the following: 

Tax at statutory rates 
Tax exempt interest income, net of interest expense disallowance 
Non-deductible merger related expenses 
Earnings and proceeds on life insurance 
Other 

Percentage of Income 
before Income Taxes 
Years Ended December 31, 
2020 
2021 

 21.0 %  
 (1.9)  
 —  
 (0.6)  
 0.8  

 19.3 %  

 21.0 % 
 (3.7)  
 1.1  
 (1.0)  
 0.5  

 17.9 % 

The net deferred tax asset included in other assets in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets includes the following 

amounts of deferred tax assets and liabilities:   

57 

 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2021 

2020 

(In Thousands) 

Deferred tax assets: 

Allowance for loan losses 
Deferred compensation 
Core deposit intangible 
Prepaid expenses 
Pension liability 
Foreclosed real estate valuation allowance 
Net operating loss carryforward 
Purchase price adjustment 
Deferred loan fees 
Net unrealized loss on securities 
Other 

Total Deferred Tax Assets 

Deferred tax liabilities: 

Premises and equipment 
Deferred loan fees 
Net unrealized gain on pension liability 
Net unrealized gain on securities 

Total Deferred Tax Liabilities 

$ 

 3,855   $ 
 817  
 231  
 —  
 302  
 19  
 913  
 2,487  
 —  
 386  
 404  
 9,414  

 1,004  
 125  
 318  
 —  
 1,447  

Net Deferred Tax Asset 

$ 

 7,967   $ 

 2,761 
 758 
 230 
 20 
 118 
 17 
 893 
 2,832 
 60 
 — 
 747 
 8,436 

 920 
 — 
 272 
 1,089 
 2,281 

 6,155 

The  Company’s  federal  and  state  income  tax  returns  for  taxable  years  through  2018  have  been  closed  for  purposes  of 

examination by the Internal Revenue Service and the Pennsylvania Department of Revenue. 

NOTE 11 - REGULATORY MATTERS AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY  

The Company and Bank are subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by the federal banking agencies. 
Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory and possibly additional discretionary actions by regulators 
that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on the Company’s financial statements. Under capital adequacy guidelines and 
the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, the Company must meet specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative 
measures of the Company’s assets, liabilities and certain off-balance sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices. 
The Company’s capital amounts and classification are also subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators about components, risk-
weightings and other factors. 

Quantitative measures established by regulation to ensure capital adequacy require the Company and the Bank to maintain 
minimum  amounts  and  ratios  (set  forth  in  the  table  below)  of  Total,  Tier 1  and  Common  Equity  Tier  1  capital  (as  defined  in  the 
regulations) to risk-weighted assets, and of Tier 1 capital to average assets. Management believes, as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, 
that the Company and the Bank meet all capital adequacy requirements to which they are subject. 

As of December 31, 2021, the most recent notification from the regulators has categorized the Bank as well capitalized under 
the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action. There are no conditions or events since that notification that management believes 
have changed the Bank’s category.  

58 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
The Company’s actual capital amounts and ratios are presented in the following table: 

Actual 

Amount 

For Capital 
Adequacy 
Purposes 

Ratio 

  Amount 
(Dollars  in Thousands) 

  Ratio 

To be Well 
Capitalized 
under Prompt 

  Corrective Action 

Provision 

  Amount 

  Ratio 

As of December 31, 2021: 

Total capital (to risk-weighted assets) $ 
Tier 1 capital (to risk-weighted 
assets) 
Common Equity Tier 1 capital (to 
risk-weighted assets) 
Tier 1 capital (to average assets) 

As of December 31, 2020: 

Total capital (to risk-weighted assets) $ 
Tier 1 capital (to risk-weighted 
assets) 
Common Equity Tier 1 capital (to 
risk-weighted assets) 
Tier 1 capital (to average assets) 

 191,469  

 13.66 %   ≥$112,117  

≥8.00 %   ≥$140,146  

≥10.00 % 

 175,027  

 12.49  

≥84,087  

≥6.00  

≥112,117  

≥8.00  

 175,027  
 175,027  

 12.49  
 8.51  

≥63,066  
≥82,243  

≥4.50  
≥4.00  

≥91,095  
≥102,804  

≥6.50  
≥5.00  

 172,103  

 12.62 %    ≥$109,123  

≥8.00 %    ≥$136,404  

≥10.00 % 

 158,953  

 11.65  

≥81,842  

≥6.00  

≥109,123  

≥8.00  

 158,953  
 158,953  

 11.65  
 8.71  

≥61,382  
≥72,994  

≥4.50  
≥4.00  

≥88,663  
≥91,243  

≥6.50  
≥5.00  

The Bank’s ratios do not differ significantly from the Company’s ratios presented above. 

The Company and the Bank are subject to regulatory capital rules which, among other things, impose a common equity Tier 1 
minimum capital requirement of 4.50% of risk-weighted assets; set the minimum leverage ratio for all banking organizations at a uniform 
4.00% of total assets; set the minimum Tier 1 capital to risk-based assets requirement at 6.00% of risk-weighted assets; and assign a 
risk-weight of 150% to exposures that are more than 90 days past due or are on nonaccrual status and to certain commercial real estate 
facilities that finance the acquisition, development or construction of real property.  The rules also require unrealized gains and losses 
on certain “available-for-sale” securities holdings to be included for purposes of calculating regulatory capital requirements unless a 
one-time opt out is exercised, which the Company and the Bank have done.  The rule also limits a banking organization’s dividends, 
stock  repurchases  and  other  capital  distributions,  and  certain  discretionary  bonus  payments  to  executive  officers,  if  the  banking 
organization does not hold a “capital conservation buffer” consisting of 2.50% of common equity Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets 
above regulatory minimum risk-based requirements.  The Company and the Bank are in compliance with their respective new capital 
requirements, including the capital conservation buffer, as of December 31, 2021. 

Pennsylvania banking regulations limit the ability of the Bank to pay dividends or make loans or advances to the Company. 
Dividends that may be paid in any calendar year are limited to the current year's net profits, combined with the retained net profits of 
the preceding two years. At December 31, 2021, dividends from the Bank available to be paid to the Company, without prior approval 
of the Bank's regulatory agency, totaled $42.7 million, subject to the Bank meeting or exceeding regulatory capital requirements. The 
Company's principal source of funds for dividend payments to shareholders is dividends received from the Bank. 

NOTE 12 - STOCK BASED COMPENSATION 

At the Annual Meeting held on April 22, 2014, the Company’s stockholders approved the Norwood Financial Corp 2014 Equity 
Incentive Plan. An aggregate of 375,000 shares of authorized but unissued Common Stock of the Company were reserved for future 
issuance under the Plan. This includes up to 60,000 shares for awards to outside directors. The Plan also authorized the Company to 
award restricted stock to officers and outside directors, limited to 63,000 shares of restricted stock awards for officers and 12,000 shares 
of restricted stock awards for outside directors. At the Annual Meeting held on April 24, 2018, the Company’s stockholders approved 
an amendment to the 2014 Equity Incentive Plan to ease certain restrictions on restricted stock awards to outside directors.  As a result 
of this amendment, the number of shares available for restricted stock awards to officers was reduced by 300 shares to 62,700, while 
the number of shares available for restricted stock awards to outside directors was increased by 20,300 to 32,300 shares.  Under this 
plan, the Company granted 296,966 shares, which included 191,865 options to employees, 10,400 options to directors, 62,625 shares of 
restricted stock to officers and 32,075 shares of restricted stock to directors.  The restricted shares vest over five years.  The product of 
the number of shares granted and the grant date market price of the Company’s common stock determine the fair value of restricted 

59 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
stock under the company’s restricted stock plan.  Management recognizes compensation expense for the fair value of restricted stock on 
a straight-line basis over the requisite service period for the entire award.  As of December 31, 2021, there were 78,035 shares available 
for future awards under this plan, which includes 60,510 shares available for officer awards and 17,525 shares available for awards to 
outside directors.  Included in these totals are 75 shares available for restricted stock awards to officers and 25 shares available for 
restricted stock awards to outside directors.   

Total unrecognized compensation cost related to stock options was $269,000 as of December 31, 2021 and $214,000 as of 
December 31, 2020.  Salaries and employee benefits expense includes $214,000 and $204,000 of compensation costs related to options 
for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively.   Compensation costs related to restricted stock amounted to $335,000 
and $334,000 for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively.  The expected future compensation expense relating to 
non-vested restricted stock outstanding as of December 31, 2021 and 2020 was $953,000 and $1,202,000, respectively.   

A summary of the Company’s stock option activity and related information for the years ended December 31 follows: 

2021 

  Weighted 
Average 
Exercise 
Price 

Options 

Average 
Intrinsic 
Value 

Options 

2020 

  Weighted 
Average 
Exercise 
Price 

Average 
Intrinsic 
Value 

$ 

 215,970 
 43,500  
 (22,420)  
 (10,975)  

 25.73 
 25.80  
 17.59  
 29.48  

$ 

 199,825 
 33,750  
 (15,530)  
 (2,075)  

 24.78 
 26.93  
 17.25  
 16.83  

 226,075 

$ 

 26.37 

$ 

 520 

 215,970 

$ 

 25.73 

$ 

 742,738 

 182,575 

$ 

 26.50 

$ 

 511 

 182,220 

$ 

 25.51 

$ 

 742,738 

Outstanding, 
beginning of 
year 
Granted 
Exercised 
Forfeited 

Outstanding, 
end of year 

Exercisable, 
end of year 

Exercise prices for options outstanding as of December 31, 2021 ranged from $17.93 to $36.02 per share. The weighted average 

remaining contractual life is 6.4 years.  

The fair value of each option grant is estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model with the 

following weighted average assumptions: 

Dividend yield 
Expected life 
Expected volatility 
Risk-free interest rate 
Weighted average fair value of options granted 

Years Ended December 31, 

2021 

2020 

 3.55% 
10 years 
 34.69% 
 1.51% 
 6.49 

 $ 

 3.55% 
10 years 
 34.15% 
 0.91% 
 6.34 

$ 

The expected volatility is based on historical volatility. The risk-free interest rates for periods within the contractual life of the 
awards are based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of the grant. The expected life is based on historical exercise 
experience. The dividend yield assumption is based on the Company’s history and expectation of dividend payouts.  

Proceeds from stock option exercises totaled $394,000 in 2021. Shares issued in connection with stock option exercises are 
issued from available treasury shares or from available authorized shares. During 2021, for the shares issued in connection with stock 
option exercises, 22,420 shares in total, all shares were issued from available authorized shares.   

60 

 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
As of December 31, 2021, outstanding stock options consist of the following: 

Options 
Outstanding 

Average 
Exercise 
Price 

  Remaining 
  Life, Years 

Options 

  Exercisable 

Average 
Exercise 
Price 

 21,450   $ 
 1,650  
 19,375  
 8,250  
 9,375  
 14,375  
 26,750  
 23,600  
 24,000  
 33,750  
 1,000  
 1,000  
 41,500  

 18.03  
 18.36  
 17.93  
 19.39  
 19.03  
 22.37  
 32.81  
 32.34  
 36.02  
 26.93  
 26.35  
 25.38  
 25.80  

Total 

 226,075  

 1.0  
 1.0  
 2.0  
 2.9  
 3.9  
 5.0  
 6.0  
 7.0  
 8.0  
 9.0  
 9.3  
 9.5  
 9.9  

 21,450   $ 
 1,650  
 19,375  
 8,250  
 9,375  
 14,375  
 26,750  
 23,600  
 24,000  
 33,750  
 —  
 —  
 —  

 182,575  

 18.03 
 18.36 
 17.93 
 19.39 
 19.03 
 22.37 
 32.81 
 32.34 
 36.02 
 26.93 
 — 
 — 
 — 

A summary of the Company’s restricted stock activity and related information for the years ended December 31 is as follows: 

2021 

  Weighted-Average 

2020 

  Weighted-Average 

Number of 
Shares 

Grant Date 
Fair Value 

Number of 
Shares 

Grant Date 
Fair Value 

Non-vested, beginning of 
year 
Granted 
Vested 
Forfeited 
Non-vested at December 31   

NOTE 13 - EARNINGS PER SHARE 

 39,135  
 8,000  
 (11,205)  
 (3,900)  
 32,030  

$30.72  
 25.80  
 32.15  
 31.72  
$26.76  

 36,195  
 14,500  
 (11,560)  
 —  
 39,135  

$31.65 
 26.93 
 32.89 
 — 
$30.72 

The following table sets forth the computations of basic and diluted earnings per share: 

Numerator, net income 

Denominator: 

Weighted average shares outstanding 

Less:  Weighted average unvested restricted shares 

Denominator:  Basic earnings per share 

Weighted average shares outstanding, basic 
Add:  Dilutive effect of stock options and restricted stock 
Denominator:  Diluted earnings per share 

Basic earnings per common share 

Diluted earnings per common share 

61 

Years Ended December 31, 

2021 

2020 

(In Thousands, Except Per Share 
Data) 
 24,915   $ 

 15,080 

$ 

 8,213  
 (35)  
 8,178  

 8,178  
 21  
 8,199  

$ 

$ 

 3.05   $ 

 3.04   $ 

 7,239 
 (36) 
 7,203 

 7,203 
 27 
 7,230 

 2.09 

 2.09 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Stock options which had no intrinsic value because their effect would be anti-dilutive, and therefore would not be included in 
the diluted EPS calculation, were 109,100 and 116,350 for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively, based on the 
closing price of the Company’s common stock which was $25.99 and $26.17 as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively.   

NOTE 14 - OFF-BALANCE SHEET FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS 

The Bank is a party to financial instruments with off-balance-sheet risk in the normal course of business to meet the financing 
needs of its customers. These financial instruments include commitments to extend credit and letters of credit. Those instruments involve, 
to varying degrees, elements of credit and interest rate risk in excess of the amount recognized in the balance sheets. 

The  Bank’s  exposure  to  credit  loss  in  the  event  of  nonperformance  by  the  other  party  to  the  financial  instrument  for 
commitments to extend credit and letters of credit is represented by the contractual amount of those instruments. The Bank uses the 
same credit policies in making commitments and conditional obligations as it does for on-balance sheet instruments. 

A summary of the Bank’s financial instrument commitments is as follows: 

Commitments to grant loans 
Unfunded commitments under lines of credit 
Standby letters of credit 

December 31, 

2021 

2020 

(In Thousands) 
 78,996   $ 
 156,899 
 8,462 
 244,357 

 $ 

 78,310 
 137,965 
 5,636 
 221,911 

$ 

$ 

Commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend to a customer as long as there is no violation of any condition established 
in the contract. Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may require payment of a fee. Since 
some of the commitments are expected to expire without being drawn upon, the total commitment amount does not necessarily represent 
future  cash  requirements.  The  Bank  evaluates  each  customer’s  credit  worthiness  on  a  case-by-case  basis.  The  amount  of  collateral 
obtained, if deemed necessary by the Bank upon extension of credit, is based on management’s credit evaluation of the customer and 
generally consists of real estate. 

Standby letters of credit are conditional commitments issued by the Bank to guarantee the performance of a customer to a third party. 
The majority of these standby letters of credit expire within the next twelve months. The credit risk involved in issuing letters of credit 
is essentially the same as that involved in extending other loan commitments. The Bank requires collateral supporting these letters of 
credit  when  deemed  necessary.  Management  believes  that  the  proceeds  obtained  through  a  liquidation  of  such  collateral  would  be 
sufficient to cover the maximum potential amount of future payments required under the corresponding guarantees.   

NOTE 15 – INTEREST RATE SWAPS 

The Company enters into interest rate swaps that allow our commercial loan customers to effectively convert a variable-rate 
commercial loan agreement to a fixed-rate commercial loan agreement. Under these agreements, the Company enters into a variable-
rate loan agreement with a customer in addition to an interest rate swap agreement, which serves to effectively swap the customer’s 
variable-rate into a fixed-rate. The Company then enters into a corresponding swap agreement with a third party in order to 
economically hedge its exposure through the customer agreement. The interest rate swaps with both the customers and third parties are 
not designated as hedges under FASB ASC 815 and are not marked to market through earnings. As the interest rate swaps are 
structured to offset each other, changes to the underlying benchmark interest rates considered in the valuation of these instruments do 
not result in an impact to earnings; however, there may be fair value adjustments related to credit quality variations between 
counterparties, which may impact earnings as required by FASB ASC 820. There was no effect on earnings in any periods presented. 
At December 31, 2021, based upon the swap contract values, the company pledged cash in the amount of $350,000 as collateral for its 
interest rate swaps with a third-party financial institution which had a fair value $235,000.  

62 

 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
Summary information regarding these derivatives is presented below: 

(Amounts in thousands) 

Notional Amount, 
December 31, 
2021 

    2020 

Interest Rate Paid 

Interest Rate Received 

Fair Value      
December 31,  
2021 

    2020 

Customer interest rate 
swap 

Maturing November, 2030   $ 
Maturing December, 2030    

 6,873   $ 
 4,553    

 7,222   1 month LIBOR + Margin  
 4,800   1 month LIBOR + Margin  

Fixed 
Fixed 

  $ 

 144   $ 
 91    

 165 
 111 

   Total 

  $   11,426   $   12,022  

  $ 

 235   $ 

 276 

Third party interest rate 
swap 

Maturing November, 2030   $ 
Maturing December, 2030    

 6,873   $ 
 4,553    

 7,222  
 4,800  

Fixed 
Fixed 

  1 month LIBOR + Margin   $ 
  1 month LIBOR + Margin    

 144   $ 
 91    

 165 
 111 

   Total 

  $   11,426   $   12,022    

  $ 

 235   $ 

 276 

The following table presents the fair values of derivative instruments in the Consolidated Balance Sheet. 

December 31, 2021 

Interest rate derivatives 

December 31, 2020 

Interest rate derivatives 

Assets 
Balance Sheet Location 

(Amounts in thousands) 

Liabilities 

Fair Value 

Balance Sheet Location 

Fair Value 

Other assets 

$ 

 235  

Other liabilities 

$ 

 235 

Other assets 

 276  

Other liabilities 

 276 

NOTE 16 – FAIR VALUES OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS 

Fair value is the exchange price that would be received for an asset or paid to transfer a liability (exit price) in the principal or 
most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date.  In 
accordance with fair value accounting guidance, the Company measures, records, and reports various types of assets and liabilities at 
fair value on either a recurring or non-recurring basis in the Consolidated Financial Statements.  Those assets and liabilities are presented 
in the sections entitled “Assets and Liabilities Required to be Measured and Reported at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis” and “Assets 
and Liabilities Required to be Measured and Reported at Fair Value on a Non-Recurring Basis”.  There are three levels of inputs that 
may be used to measure fair values: 

Level 1 – Quoted prices (unadjusted) for identical assets or liabilities in active markets that the entity has the ability to access 
as of the measurement date. 

Level 2 – Significant other observable inputs other than Level 1 prices such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities; 
quoted prices in markets that are not active; or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market 
data. 

Level 3 – Significant unobservable inputs that reflect a company’s own assumptions about the assumptions that market 
participants would use in pricing an asset or liability. 

63 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
     
     
   
   
     
     
 
     
     
   
   
     
     
   
 
     
     
 
 
 
 
     
     
 
 
 
 
     
     
 
 
 
 
     
     
 
     
     
 
 
 
 
     
     
     
     
 
 
 
 
     
     
 
     
     
 
 
 
 
     
     
 
     
     
   
   
     
     
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
Assets and Liabilities Required to be Measured and Reported at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis 

For financial assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis, the fair value measurements by level within the fair value 

hierarchy used at December 31, 2021 and 2020 are as follows (in thousands): 

Description 
December 31, 2021 

ASSETS 

U.S. Treasury securities 
U.S. Government agencies 
States and political subdivisions 
Mortgage-backed securities-government 
  sponsored entities 
Interest rate derivatives 

Interest rate derivatives 

LIABILITIES 

December 31, 2020 

ASSETS 

U.S. Government agencies 
States and political subdivisions 
Corporate obligations 
Mortgage-backed securities-government 
  sponsored entities 
Interest rate derivatives 

Interest rate derivatives 

LIABILITIES 

Securities: 

Fair Value Measurement Reporting Date using 

Total 

Level 1 

Level 2 

Level 3 

  $ 

  $ 

 $ 

 19,351 
 16,011 
 145,867 

 225,553  
 235  

 235  

 $ 

 3,969 
 73,091 
 3,032 

 146,494  
 276  

 276  

 $ 

 $ 

 — 
 — 
 — 

 — 
 — 

 — 

 — 
 — 
 — 

 — 
 — 

 — 

 $ 

 19,351 
 16,011 
 145,867 

 225,553  
 235  

 235  

 $ 

 3,969 
 73,091 
 3,032 

 146,494  
 276  

 276  

 — 
 — 
 — 

 — 
 — 

 — 

 — 
 — 
 — 

 — 
 — 

 — 

The  fair  value  of  securities  available  for  sale  (carried  at  fair  value)  are  determined  by  obtaining  quoted  market  prices  on 
nationally recognized securities exchanges (Level 1), or matrix pricing (Level 2), which is a mathematical technique used widely in the 
industry to value debt securities without relying exclusively on quoted market prices for the specific securities, but rather by relying on 
the securities’ relationship to other benchmark quoted prices. For certain securities which are not traded in active markets or are subject 
to transfer restrictions, valuations are adjusted to reflect illiquidity and/or non-transferability, and such adjustments are generally based 
on  available  market  evidence  (Level  3).  In  the  absence  of  such  evidence,  management’s  best  estimate  is  used.  Management’s  best 
estimate consists of both internal and external support on certain Level 3 investments. Internal cash flow models using a present value 
formula that includes assumptions market participants would use along with indicative exit pricing obtained from broker/dealers (where 
available) are used to support fair values of certain Level 3 investments, if applicable. 

Interest Rate Swaps: 

The fair value of interest rate swaps is based upon the present value of the expected future cash flows using the LIBOR swap 
curve, the basis for the underlying interest rate. To price interest rate swaps, cash flows are first projected for each payment date using 
the fixed rate for the fixed side of the swap and the forward rates for the floating side of the swap. These swap cash flows are then 
discounted to time zero using LIBOR zero-coupon interest rates. The sum of the present value of both legs is the fair market value of 
the interest rate swap. These valuations have been derived from our third party vendor’s proprietary models rather than actual market 
quotations. The proprietary models are based upon financial principles and assumptions that we believe to be reasonable.  

64 

 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
   
   
   
 
  
   
   
   
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
   
   
   
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
Assets and Liabilities Required to be Measured and Reported at Fair Value on a Non-Recurring Basis 

For financial assets measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis, the fair value measurements by level within the fair value 

hierarchy used at December 31, 2021 and 2020 are as follows (in thousands): 

Description 
December 31, 2021 
Impaired Loans 
Foreclosed real estate 

December 31, 2020 
Impaired Loans 
Foreclosed real estate 

Fair Value Measurement Reporting Date using  

Total 

Level 1 

Level 2 

Level 3 

 1,402 
 1,742 

 $ 

 $ 

 — 
 — 

 $ 

 — 
 — 

 1,402 
 1,742 

 2,662 
 965 

 $ 

 $ 

 — 
 — 

 $ 

 — 
 — 

 2,662 
 965 

  $ 

  $ 

Impaired loans (generally carried at fair value): 

The Company measures impairment generally based on the fair value of the loan’s collateral.  Fair value is generally determined 
based upon independent third-party appraisals of the properties, or discounted cash flows based upon the lowest level of input that is 
significant to the fair value measurements. 

As  of  December 31,  2021,  the  fair  value  investment  in  impaired  loans  totaled  $1,402,000,  which  included  three  loan 
relationships with a carrying value of $157,000 that did not require a valuation allowance since either the estimated realizable value of 
the collateral or the discounted cash flows exceeded the recorded investment in the loan.  As of December 31, 2021, the Company has 
recognized charge-offs against the allowance for loan losses on these impaired loans in the amount of $0 over the life of the loans. As 
of December 31, 2021, the fair value investment in impaired loans included one loan relationships with a carrying value of $1,517,000 
that  required  a  valuation  allowance  of  $272,000  since  the  estimated  realizable  value  of  the  collateral  did  not  support  the  recorded 
investment in the loan.  As of December 31, 2021, the Company has recognized charge-offs against the allowance for loan losses on 
this impaired loan in the amount of $0 over the life of the loan. 

As of December 31, 2020, the fair value investment in impaired loans totaled $2,662,000, which included six loan relationships 
that  did  not  require  a  valuation  allowance  since  either  the  estimated  realizable  value  of  the  collateral  or  the  discounted  cash  flows 
exceeded the recorded investment in the loan.  As of December 31, 2020, the Company has recognized charge-offs against the allowance 
for loan losses on these impaired loans in the amount of $652,000 over the life of the loans. There were no loan relationships which 
required a valuation allowance. 

Foreclosed real estate owned (carried at fair value): 

Real estate properties acquired through, or in lieu of, loan foreclosure are to be sold and are carried at fair value less estimated 
cost to sell.  Fair value is based upon independent market prices, appraised value of the collateral or management’s estimation of the 
value of the collateral.  These assets are included in Level 3 fair value based upon the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair 
value measurement. 

The following tables present additional quantitative information about assets measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis 

and for which the Company has utilized Level 3 inputs to determine fair value: 

(dollars in thousands) 
December 31, 2021 

Impaired loans 

Foreclosed real estate owned 

Quantitative Information about Level 3 Fair Value Measurements 
Range 
(Weighted 
Average) 

Valuation 
Techniques 

  Unobservable Input   

Fair Value 
Estimate 

$ 

$ 

 1,402  

Appraisal of 
collateral(1) 

Appraisal 
adjustments(2) 

0%-10.0% 
(1.12%) 

 1,742  

Appraisal of 
collateral(1) 

Liquidation 
Expenses(2) 

7.00% 
(7.00%) 

65 

 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
(dollars in thousands) 
December 31, 2020 

Impaired loans 

Foreclosed real estate owned 

Quantitative Information about Level 3 Fair Value Measurements 
Range 
(Weighted 
Average) 

Valuation 
Techniques 

  Unobservable Input   

Fair Value 
Estimate 

$ 

$ 

 2,662  

Appraisal of 
collateral(1) 

Appraisal 
adjustments(2) 

0%-10.59% 
(9.75%) 

Appraisal of 
collateral(1) 

 965  

Liquidation 
Expenses(2) 

7.00% 
(7.00%) 

(1) Fair value is generally determined through independent appraisals of the underlying collateral, which generally include various 
Level 3 inputs which are not identifiable, less any associated allowance. 
(2)  Appraisals may be adjusted by management for qualitative factors such as economic conditions and estimated liquidation 
expenses.  The range and weighted average of liquidation expenses and other appraisal adjustments are presented as a percent of the 
appraisal. 

Assets and Liabilities Not Required to be Measured or Reported at Fair Value 

The following information should not be interpreted as an estimate of the fair value of the entire Company since a fair value 
calculation is only provided for a limited portion of the Company’s assets and liabilities. Due to a wide range of valuation techniques 
and  the  degree  of  subjectivity  used  in  making  the  estimates,  comparisons  between  the  Company’s  disclosures  and  those  of  other 
companies may not be meaningful.  

The estimated fair values of the Bank’s financial instruments not required to be measured or reported at fair value were as 

follows at December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020. (In thousands): 

Financial assets: 
Cash and cash equivalents (1)  $ 
Loans receivable, net 
Mortgage servicing rights 
Regulatory stock (1) 
Bank owned life insurance (1)   
Accrued interest receivable (1)  

Financial liabilities: 
Deposits 
Short-term borrowings (1) 
Other borrowings 
Accrued interest payable (1) 

Off-balance sheet financial 
instruments: 
 Commitments to extend credit 
and 
outstanding letters of credit 

Fair Value Measurements at December 31, 2021 

Carrying 
Amount 

Fair 
Value 

Level 1 

Level 2 

Level 3 

 $ 

 206,681 
 1,338,489 
 289 
 3,927 
 40,038 
 5,889 

 $ 

 206,681 
 1,389,870 
 500 
 3,927 
 40,038 
 5,889 

 $ 

 206,681 
 — 
 — 
 3,927 
 40,038 
 5,889 

 1,756,793 
 60,822 
 29,998 
 1,203 

 1,759,722 
 60,822 
 30,221 
 1,203 

 1,228,091 
 60,822 
 — 
 1,203 

 $ 

 — 
 — 
 — 
 — 
 — 
 — 

 — 
 — 
 — 
 — 

 — 
 1,389,870 
 500 
 — 
 — 
 — 

 531,631 
 — 
 30,221 
 — 

 — 

 — 

 — 

 — 

 — 

66 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
Financial assets: 
Cash and cash equivalents (1)  $ 
Loans receivable, net 
Mortgage servicing rights 
Regulatory stock (1) 
Bank owned life insurance (1)   
Accrued interest receivable (1)  

Financial liabilities: 
Deposits 
Short-term borrowings (1) 
Other borrowings 
Accrued interest payable (1) 

Off-balance sheet financial 
instruments: 
 Commitments to extend credit 
and 
outstanding letters of credit 

Fair Value Measurements at December 31, 2020 

Carrying 
Amount 

Fair 
Value 

Level 1 

Level 2 

Level 3 

 $ 

 111,693 
 1,397,582 
 337 
 3,981 
 39,608 
 6,232 

 $ 

 111,693 
 1,493,480 
 476 
 3,981 
 39,608 
 6,232 

 $ 

 111,693 
 — 
 — 
 3,981 
 39,608 
 6,232 

 1,535,385 
 63,303 
 42,459 
 1,601 

 1,540,661 
 63,303 
 43,452 
 1,601 

 1,001,554 
 63,303 
 — 
 1,601 

 $ 

 — 
 — 
 — 
 — 
 — 
 — 

 — 
 — 
 — 
 — 

 — 
 1,493,480 
 476 
 — 
 — 
 — 

 539,107 
 — 
 43,452 
 — 

 — 

 — 

 — 

 — 

 — 

(1)   This financial instrument is carried at cost, which approximates the fair value of the instrument.  

NOTE 17 – ACCUMULATED OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME  

The following tables present the changes in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) (in thousands) by component, 

net of tax, for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2022: 

Balance as of December 31, 2020 
Other comprehensive income (loss) before reclassification 
Amount reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive loss 
Total other comprehensive income 
Balance as of December 31, 2021 

Unrealized gains  
on available for 
sale securities (a)   
$ 

 4,096 
 (5,476) 
 (73) 
 (5,549) 
 (1,453) 

$ 

Unrealized gain  
on pension 
liability (a) 

 $ 

 $ 

 1,023 
 174 
 — 
 174 
 1,197 

Balance as of December 31, 2019 
Other comprehensive income (loss) before reclassification 
Amount reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive loss 
Total other comprehensive  
Balance as of December 31, 2020 

(a) All amounts are net of tax. Amounts in parentheses indicate debits. 

Unrealized gains 
on available for 
sale securities (a)   
 354 
$ 
 3,798 
 (56) 
 3,742 
 4,096 

$ 

Unrealized gain 
on pension 
liability (a) 

 $ 

 $ 

 833 
 190 
 — 
 190 
 1,023 

67 

Total (a) 

 5,119 
 (5,302) 
 (73) 
 (5,375) 
 (256) 

 1,187 
 3,988 
 (56) 
 3,932 
 5,119 

 $ 

 $ 

 $ 

 $ 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
The following table presents significant amounts reclassified out of each component of accumulated other comprehensive 

income (loss) (in thousands) for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020: 

Details about other comprehensive income 

Amount Reclassified 
From Accumulated 
Other 
Comprehensive 
Income  (a) 

Affected Line Item in 
Consolidated 
Statements of 
Income 

  Twelve months 

  Twelve months 

ended 
December 31, 
2021 

ended 

  December 31, 

2020 

Unrealized gains on available for sale securities    $ 

  $ 

 92 
 (19) 
 73 

 $ 

 $ 

 71   Net realized gains on sales of securities 
 (15) 
 56 

 Income tax expense 

(a)  Amounts in parentheses indicate debits to net income. 

NOTE 18 – ACQUISITION OF UPSTATE NEW YORK BANCORP, INC. AND USNY BANK 

On January 8, 2020, the Company and the Bank, and UpState and its wholly owned subsidiary, USNY Bank entered into an 
Agreement and Plan of Merger (the “Merger Agreement”) pursuant to which UpState would merge with and into the Company, with 
the Company as the surviving corporation (“the Merger”).  The Merger was completed on July 7, 2020. Pursuant to the terms of the 
Merger Agreement, UpState was merged with and into the Company, with the Company as the surviving corporation of the Merger.  
Immediately following the Merger, USNY Bank was merged with and into Wayne Bank, with Wayne Bank as the surviving entity. 

USNY Bank conducted its business from two Bank of the Finger Lakes offices in Geneva and Penn Yan, New York, and two 
Bank of Cooperstown offices in Cooperstown and Oneonta, New York. At June 30, 2020, UpState had total assets of $463.8 million,  
total deposits of $412.8 million and total stockholders’ equity of $44.8 million. 

Pursuant to the terms of the Merger Agreement, shareholders of UpState elected to receive for each share of UpState common 
stock they owned, either 0.9390 shares of the Company’s common stock or $33.33 in cash, or a combination of both. All shareholder 
elections were subject to the allocation and proration procedures set forth in the Merger Agreement which were intended to ensure that 
90%  of  the  shares  of  UpState  would  be  exchanged  for  the Company’s  common  stock  and  10%  of  the  shares  of  UpState  would  be 
exchanged for cash. In addition, under the terms of the Merger Agreement, UpState shareholders received an additional $0.67 per share 
in cash for each share of UpState common stock held.  In the aggregate, the merger consideration paid to UpState shareholders consisted 
of approximately $8,845,198 in cash and 1,865,738 shares of the Company’s common stock. 

The senior management of the Company and Wayne Bank remained the same following the completion of the Merger.  UpState 
directors Jeffrey S. Gifford and Alexandra K. Nolan have been appointed to the boards of directors of the Company and Wayne Bank. 
In addition, the remaining former directors of UpState have been invited to join a regional advisory board. UpState President and CEO 
R. Michael Briggs has entered into a consulting agreement with Wayne Bank. The Company has retained the brand names of USNY 
Bank’s two units, Bank of the Finger Lakes and Bank of Cooperstown, and has also retained USNY Bank’s administration center in 
Geneva, New York. Scott D. White, unit President of Bank of Cooperstown, and Jeffrey E. Franklin, unit President of Bank of the Finger 
Lakes, will also remain in place as executives of their units.  

The acquired assets and assumed liabilities were measured at estimated fair values.  Management made significant estimates 
and exercised significant judgement in accounting for the acquisition.  Management measured loan fair values based on loan file reviews, 
appraised  collateral  values,  expected  cash  flows,  and  historical  loss  factors.    The  Company  also  recorded  and  identifiable  asset 
representing the core deposit base of UpState based on management’s evaluation of the cost of such deposits relative to alternative 
funding sources.  Management used significant estimates including the average lives of depository accounts, future interest rate levels, 
and the cost of servicing various depository products.  Management used market quotations to determine the fair value of investment 
securities. 

The business combination resulted in the acquisition of loans with and without evidence of credit quality deterioration.  UpState 
loans were deemed impaired at the acquisition date if the Company did not expect to receive all contractually required cash flows due 
to  concerns  about  credit  quality.    Such  loans  were  fair  valued  and  the  difference  between  contractually  required  payments  at  the 
acquisition  date  and  cash  flows  expected  to  be  collected  was  recorded  as  a  non-accretable  difference.    At  the  acquisition  date,  the 
Company recorded $15,410,000 of purchased credit-impaired loans subject to a non-accretable difference of $5,213,000.  The method 
68 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
of  measuring  carrying  value  of  purchased  loans  differs  from  loans  originated  by  the  Company  (originated  loans),  and  as  such,  the 
Company identifies purchased loans and purchased loans with a credit quality discount and originated loans at amortized cost. 

UpState’s loans without evidence of credit deterioration were fair valued by discounting both expected principal and interest 
cash flows using an observable discount rate for similar instruments that a market participant would consider in determining fair value.  
Additionally, consideration was given to management’s best estimates of default rates and payment speeds.  At acquisition, UpState’s 
loan portfolio without evidence of deterioration totaled $400,127,000 and was recorded at a fair value of $393,580,000. 

The allocation of purchase consideration related to the Merger was considered preliminary, primarily with respect to certain 
tax-related assets and liabilities. Subsequent to the closing date of the acquisition, final tax returns were prepared and filed for UpState 
which resulted in tax refunds related to the operations of UpState and USNY Bank.   

In accordance with ASC 805 the acquiring Company shall adjust the provisional amounts recognized at the acquisition date to 
reflect new information obtained about facts and circumstances that existed as of the acquisition date that, if known, would have affected 
the measurement of the amounts recognized as of that date.  A provisional amount is necessary when the buyer must issue financial 
statements  prior  to  completing  its  accounting  for  the  business  combination  (i.e.  prior  to  the  end  of  the  measurement  period).  The 
measurement period begins on the acquisition date and ends on the earlier of either: (a) the buyer obtaining the information needed to 
finish the accounting for the business combination or (b) one year from the acquisition date.  

Adjustments to preliminary allocations related to certain tax-related assets and liabilities occurred in the fourth quarter of 2020.  
The change to provisional amounts resulted in a reduction in goodwill of $923,000 and no impact to results of operations during  the 
fourth quarter.   

The Company finalized the allocation of purchase price during the second quarter of 2021, which was within the one-year 
measurement-period following the acquisition.  The final adjustment resulted in a $24,000 reduction in goodwill and had no impact to 
results of operations during the second quarter. 

69 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The following table summarizes the purchase of UpState as of July 7, 2020: 

(Dollars in Thousands, Except Per Share Data) 

Purchase Price Consideration in Common Stock 
UpState New York Bancorp, Inc. common shares settled for stock 
Exchange Ratio 
Norwood Financial Corp shares issued 
Value assigned to each Norwood Financial Corp common share 
Purchase price assigned to UpState New York Bancorp, Inc. common shares  
  exchanged for Norwood Financial Corp shares 

 1,987,206  
 0.9390  
 1,865,738  
 24.30  

$ 

  $ 

 45,337 

Purchase Price Consideration - Cash for Common Stock 
UpState New York Bancorp, Inc. shares exchanged for cash, excluding fractional shares 
Purchase price paid to each UpState New York Bancorp, Inc. common share exchanged for cash  $ 
Purchase price assigned to UpState New York Bancorp, Inc. common shares exchanged for cash 
Purchase price additional cash consideration per share 
Purchase price consideration - Cash-in-lieu of Fractional Shares 
Total Purchase Price 

 220,794  
 33.33  

  $ 

  $ 

 7,359 
 1,479 
 6 
 54,181 

Net Assets Acquired: 

UpState New York Bancorp, Inc. shareholders' equity 
UpState New York Bancorp, Inc. goodwill and intangibles 
Total tangible equity 

Adjustments to reflect assets acquired at fair value: 
Investments 
Loans 
   Interest rate 
   General credit 
   Specific credit - non-amortizing 
   Specific credit - amortizing 
Core deposit intangible 
Deferred loan fees 
Premises and equipment 
Allowance for loan and lease losses 
Deferred tax assets 
Other 

Adjustments to reflect liabilities acquired at fair value: 
Time deposits 

Net assets acquired 
Goodwill resulting from merger 

70 

$ 

 44,803  
 -  
 44,803  

 (112)  

 3,982  
 (10,529)  
 (5,213)  
 (1,724)  
 409  
 (812)  
 (1,211)  
 5,982  
 3,730  
 (48)  

(3,011)  

  $ 

 36,246 
 17,935 

 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The  following  condensed  statement  reflects  the  values  assigned  to  UpState  New  York  Bancorp,  Inc.  net  assets  as  of  the 

acquisition date: 

(In Thousands) 

Total purchase price 

Net assets acquired: 
Cash 
Securities available for sale 
Loans 
Premises and equipment, net 
Regulatory stock 
Accrued interest receivable 
Core deposit intangible 
Other assets 
Deposits 
Accrued interest payable 
Other liabilities 
   Total identifiable net assets acquired 

Goodwill resulting from UpState New York Bancorp, Inc. Merger 

  $ 

 54,181  

$ 

 24,037      
 13,836      
 405,221      
 4,318      
 2,487      
 1,426      
 564      
 5,398      
 (414,370)      
 (175)      
 (6,496)      

 36,246  

  $ 

 17,935  

The Company recorded goodwill associated with the acquisition of UpState totaling $17,935,000.  Goodwill is not amortized, 
but is periodically evaluated for impairment.  The Company did not recognize any impairment during the year ended December 31, 
2021.  The carrying amount of the goodwill at December 31, 2021 related to the UpState acquisition was $17,935,000. 

Identifiable intangibles are amortized to their estimated residual values over the expected useful lives.  Such lives are also 
periodically reassessed to determine if any amortization period adjustments are required.  During the year ended December 31, 2021, 
no such adjustments were recorded.  The identifiable intangible assets consist of a core deposit intangible which is being amortized on 
an accelerated basis over the useful life of such asset.  The gross carrying amount of the core deposit intangible at December 31, 2021 
was $409,000 with $108,000 accumulated depreciation as of that date. 

As of December 31, 2021, the current year and estimated future amortization expense for the core deposit intangible associated 

with the UpState acquisition is: 

(In thousands)  

2022 
2023  
2024  
2025  
After five years  

$ 

$ 

71 

63 
56 
48 
41 
93 

301 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
     
 
 
   
     
 
   
 
   
     
 
   
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
   
     
 
   
 
   
     
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The following table presents financial information for the former UpState included in the Consolidated Statements of Income 

from the date of acquisition through December 31, 2020: 

Actual From 
Acquisition Date 
Through 
December 31,2020 
(in thousands) 

Net interest income after provision for loan losses 
Noninterest income 

$ 
$ 

 7,291 
 313 

The following table presents pro forma information for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, as if the acquisition of 
UpState had occurred on January 1, 2020.  This table has been prepared for comparative purposes only, and is not indicative of the 
actual results that would have been attained had the acquisition occurred as of the beginning of the periods presented, nor is it indicative 
of future results: 

(In Thousands, Except Per Share Data) 
Net interest income after provision for loan losses 
Noninterest income 
Net income 
Pro forma earnings per share: 
  Basic 
  Diluted 

NOTE 19 - RISKS AND UNCERTAINTIES  

Pro Forma 
Twelve Months Ended 
December 31, 
2020 

 52,897 
 8,726 
 20,613 

 2.52 
 2.52 

  $ 

  $ 
  $ 

The Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security Act, or CARES Act, was signed into law on March 27, 2020, and 

provided over $2.0 trillion in emergency economic relief to individuals and businesses impacted by the COVID-19 pandemic. The 
CARES Act authorized the Small Business Administration (“SBA”) to temporarily guarantee loans under a new 7(a) loan program 
called the Paycheck Protection Program (“PPP”).  As a qualified SBA lender, we were automatically authorized to originate PPP 
loans. 

Under the original terms of the PPP, an eligible business can apply for a PPP loan up to the greater of: (1) 2.5 times its 

average monthly payroll costs; or (2) $10.0 million.  PPP loans will have: (a) an interest rate of 1.0%, (b) a two-year or five-year loan 
term to maturity; and (c) principal and interest payments deferred for ten months from the end of the coverage period. The SBA will 
guarantee 100% of the PPP loans made to eligible borrowers. The entire principal amount of the borrower’s PPP loan, including any 
accrued interest, is eligible to be reduced by the loan forgiveness amount under the PPP so long as employee and compensation levels 
of the business are maintained and 60% of the loan proceeds are used for payroll expenses, with the remaining 40% of the loan 
proceeds used for other qualifying expenses.  As of December 31, 2021, the Company approved over 1,900 applications for 
$156.3 million of loans under the PPP. 

Since the opening of the PPP, several larger banks have been subject to litigation regarding the process and procedures that 

such banks used in processing applications for the PPP. Norwood may be exposed to the risk of similar litigation, from both customers 
and non-customers that approached the bank regarding PPP loans, regarding the process and procedures used in processing 
applications for the PPP. If any such litigation is filed against and is not resolved in a manner favorable to Norwood, it may result in 
significant financial liability or adversely affect reputation. In addition, litigation can be costly, regardless of outcome. Any financial 
liability, litigation costs or reputational damage caused by PPP-related litigation could have a material adverse impact on our business, 
financial condition and results of operations. 

The Company also has credit risk on PPP loans if a determination is made by the SBA that there is a deficiency in the manner 

in which the loan was originated, funded, or serviced by, such as an issue with the eligibility of a borrower to receive a PPP loan, 
which may or may not be related to the ambiguity in the laws, rules and guidance regarding the operation of the PPP. In the event of a 
loss resulting from a default on a PPP loan and a determination by the SBA that there was a deficiency in the manner in which the PPP 
loan was originated, funded, or serviced by the Company , the SBA may deny its liability under the guaranty, reduce the amount of the 
guaranty, or, if it has already paid under the guaranty, seek recovery of any loss related to the deficiency from the Company.  

72 

 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
     
     
   
     
   
     
     
     
     
  
 
 
 
 
COVID-19 Loan Forbearance Programs. Section 4013 of the CARES Act provides that banks may elect not to categorize a loan 
modification as a TDR if the loan modification is (1) related to COVID-19; (2) executed on a loan that was not more than 30 days past 
due as of December 31, 2019; and (3) executed between March 1, 2020, and the earlier of (A) 60 days after the date on which the 
national  emergency  concerning  the  novel  coronavirus  disease  (COVID–19)  outbreak  declared  by  the  President  on  March 13,  2020, 
under the National Emergencies Act terminates, or (B) December 31, 2020.   

On December 27, 2020, the president signed into law the Consolidated Appropriations Act, 2021, which amended CARES Act 
Section 4013.  The amendment extends the applicable period for which a financial institution is able to (a) suspend the requirements 
under United States generally accepted accounting principles for loan modifications related to the coronavirus disease (COVID-19) 
pandemic that would otherwise be categorized as a troubled debt restructuring and (b) any determination of a loan modified as a result 
of the effects of the COVID-19 pandemic as being a TDR, including impairment for accounting purposes. The amended end date for 
the relief related to a financial institution electing to suspend TDR and loan impairment accounting for qualifying modifications was 
extended  from  the  earlier  of  December  31,  2020,  or  60  days  after  the  national  emergency  concerning  COVID-19  declared  by  the 
president terminates to the earlier of January 1, 2022, or 60 days after the national emergency concerning COVID-19 declared by the 
president terminates. 

According to the Interagency Statement on Loan Modifications and Reporting for Financial Institutions Working with 

Customers Affected by the Coronavirus (Revised) issued by the federal bank regulatory agencies on April 7, 2020, short-term loan 
modifications not otherwise eligible under Section 4013 that are made on a good faith basis in response to COVID-19 to borrowers 
who were current prior to any relief are not TDRs. This includes short-term (e.g., six months) modifications such as payment 
deferrals, fee waivers, extensions of repayment terms, or other delays in payment that are insignificant. See Note 4 of the financial 
statements for additional disclosure of TDRs at December 31, 2021. 

The following table presents a summary of loans that were granted forbearance by type of loan during the years ended December 31, 
2021 and 2020: 

Loan Type 
Real Estate Loans: 
   Residential 
   Commercial 
   Agricultural 
   Construction 
Commercial 
Other agricultural loans 
Consumer loans to individuals 
Total 

Number of 

Loans    

Balance  
(in thousands) 

 118   $ 
 385    
 16    
 24    
 186    
 —    
 486    
 1,215   $ 

 10,883  
 218,984  
 5,267  
 4,125  
 23,801  
 -  
 11,130  
 274,190  

As of December 31, 2021, no loans remained in deferment under the Bank’s COVID-19 loan forbearance program. 

73 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
NOTE 20 - NORWOOD FINANCIAL CORP (PARENT COMPANY ONLY) FINANCIAL INFORMATION  

BALANCE SHEETS 

ASSETS 
Cash on deposit in bank subsidiary 
Investment in bank subsidiary 
Other assets 

   Total assets 

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY 
Liabilities 
Stockholders’ equity 

   Total liabilities and stockholders' equity 

STATEMENTS OF INCOME 

Income: 

Dividends from bank subsidiary 

Expenses 

Income tax benefit 

Equity in undistributed earnings of subsidiary 
Net Income 
Comprehensive Income 

STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS 

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES 

Net income 
Adjustments to reconcile net income to 

net cash provided by operating activities: 

Undistributed earnings of bank subsidiary 
Other, net 

Net Cash Provided by Operating Activities 

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES 

   Outlays for business combinations 

Net Cash (Used in) Provided by Investing Activities 

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES 

   Stock options exercised 
   Sale of treasury stock for ESOP 
   Acquisition of treasury stock 
   Cash dividends paid 

Net Cash Used in Financing Activities 
Net Increase (Decrease) in Cash and Cash Equivalents 

December 31, 

2021 

2020 

(In Thousands) 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

 1,511   $ 

 204,547  
 2,472  
 208,530   $ 

 3,268   $ 

 205,262  
 208,530   $ 

 854 
 195,035 
 2,337 
 198,226 

 3,441 
 194,785 
 198,226 

Years Ended December 31, 

2021 

2020 

  $ 

(In Thousands) 
 10,697   $ 

 627  
 10,070  
 (171)  
 10,241  
 14,674  
 24,915   $ 
 19,540   $ 

  $ 
  $ 

 15,319 

 1,704 
 13,615 
 (180) 
 13,795 
 1,285 
 15,080 
 19,012 

Years Ended December 31, 

2021 

2020 

(In Thousands) 

  $ 

 24,915   $ 

 15,080 

 (14,674)  
 (129)  
 10,112  

 —  
 —  

 394  
 130  
 (1,440)  
 (8,539)  
 (9,455)  
 657  

 (1,285) 
 28 
 13,823 

 (8,844) 
 (8,844) 

 268 
 130 
 (108) 
 (7,263) 
 (6,973) 
 (1,994) 

 2,848 
 854 

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS - BEGINNING 
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS - ENDING 

  $ 

 854  
 1,511   $ 

74 

 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure. 

Not applicable. 

Item 9A. Controls and Procedures.  

(a)  Disclosure Controls and Procedures. The Company’s management evaluated, with the participation of the Company’s 

Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, the effectiveness of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures, as of the 
end of the period covered by this report. Based on that evaluation, the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded 
that the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures are effective to ensure that information required to be disclosed by the 
Company in the reports that it files or submits under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 is recorded, processed, summarized and 
reported within the time periods specified in the Securities and Exchange Commission’s rules and forms.   

(b)  Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting is included 

in this Annual Report on Form 10-K under Item 8.  

 (c)  Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting.  There were no changes in the Company’s internal control over 
financial  reporting  that  occurred  during  the  Company’s  last  fiscal  quarter  that  have  materially  affected,  or  are  reasonably  likely  to 
materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. 

Item 9B. Other Information 

None.  

 Item 9C. Disclosure Regarding Foreign Jurisdictions that Prevent Inspections. 

Not applicable.   

Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance. 

PART III 

The information contained under the sections captioned “Proposal I - Election of Directors” and “Corporate Governance” in 

the Proxy Statement for the 2022 Annual Meeting of Stockholders (the “Proxy Statement”) are incorporated herein by reference. 

The  Company  has  adopted  a  Code  of  Ethics  that  applies  to  its  principal  executive  officer,  principal  financial  officer  and 
principal accounting officer or controller. The Code of Ethics is posted on the stockholder services page of Wayne Bank’s website at 
www.waynebank.com/stockholder-services.  The  Company  intends  to  report  any  waiver  or  amendment  to  its  Code  of  Ethics  on  its 
website at www.waynebank.com/stockholder-services. 

Item 11. Executive Compensation. 

The information contained under the sections captioned “Executive Compensation” and “Director Compensation” in the Proxy 

Statement are incorporated herein by reference. 

Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters. 

(a)          Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners 

                              Information required by this item is incorporated herein by reference to the Section captioned “Principal Holders of 

Our Common Stock” of the Proxy Statement. 

(b)          Security Ownership of Management 

                              Information required by this item is incorporated herein by reference to the section captioned “Proposal I - Election 

of Directors” of the Proxy Statement. 

75 

 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(c)          Changes in Control 

                              Management of the Company knows of no arrangements, including any pledge by any person of securities of the 

Company, the operation of which may at a subsequent date result in a change in control of the registrant.   

(d)          Equity Compensation Plan Information 

EQUITY COMPENSATION PLAN INFORMATION 

(a) 

(b) 

Number of 
Securities to be 
issued upon 
exercise of 
outstanding 
options, 
warrants and 
rights* 

Weighted-average 
exercise price of 
outstanding 
options, warrants 
and rights * 

(c) 
Number of 
securities 
remaining 
available for 
future issuance 
under equity 
compensation 
plans, (excluding 
securities 
reflected in 
column (a)) * 

Equity compensation plans 
approved by security holders: 

 2014 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended 

 226,075   $ 

 26.37  

 78,035 

Equity compensation plans 
not approved by security holders:. 

 None 

TOTAL  

 —  

 —  

 — 

 226,075   $ 

 26.37  

 78,035 

* Share and per share data adjusted for the 50% stock dividend declared on August 8, 2017. 

Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions and Director Independence 

The information required by this item is incorporated herein by reference to the sections in the Proxy Statement captioned 

“Related Party Transactions” and “Corporate Governance”. 

Item 14. Principal Accounting Fees and Services 

The  information  required  by this  item  is  incorporated  herein  by  reference  to  the  section  in  the  Proxy  Statement  captioned 

“Proposal III -Ratification of Appointment of Independent Auditors.” 

Item 15. Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules 

PART IV 

(a) 

1. 

Listed below are all financial statements, schedules and exhibits filed as part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. 

The consolidated balance sheets of Norwood Financial Corp and subsidiary as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, and 
the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, stockholders’ equity and cash flows for each 
of the years in the two-year period ended December 31, 2021, together with the related notes and the independent 
registered public accounting firm reports of S.R. Snodgrass, P.C. (PCAOB: 00074), independent registered public 
accounting firm. 

2. 

Schedules omitted as they are not applicable.   

76 

 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
3. 

The following exhibits are filed as part of the Form 10-K 

Description 

  Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation of Norwood Financial Corp (14) 
  Bylaws of Norwood Financial Corp (1) 
  Specimen Stock Certificate of Norwood Financial Corp (2) 
  Description of Capital Stock of Norwood Financial Corp (16) 

No. 
3(i) 
3(ii) 
4.1 
4.2 
10.1†    Employment Agreement with Lewis J. Critelli (3) 
10.2†    Change in Control Severance Agreement with William S. Lance (3) 
10.3†    Change in Control Severance Agreement with Robert J. Mancuso (4) 
10.4†    Salary Continuation Agreement between the Bank and William W. Davis, Jr. (5) 
10.5†    Amended and Restated Salary Continuation Agreement, dated September 1, 2017, between the Bank and Lewis J. Critelli (6) 
10.6†    Salary Continuation Agreement between the Bank and John H. Sanders (7) 
10.7†    2006 Stock Option Plan (8) 
10.8†    First and Second Amendments to Salary Continuation Agreement with William W. Davis, Jr. (9) 
10.9†    First and Second Amendments to Salary Continuation Agreement with John H. Sanders (9) 

10.11†   2014 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended (10) 
10.12†   Addendum to Change in Control Severance Agreement with William S. Lance (11) 
10.13†   Salary Continuation Agreement, dated September 1, 2017, between Wayne Bank and William S. Lance (6) 
10.14†   Salary Continuation Agreement, dated September 1, 2017, between Wayne Bank and Robert J. Mancuso (6) 
10.15† 

Change-In-Control Severance Agreement, dated February 14, 2022, by and among Norwood Financial Corp, Wayne Bank, and 
Vincent G. O’Bell 
Change-In-Control Severance Agreement, dated January 16, 2018, by and among Norwood Financial Corp, Wayne Bank, and 
John F. Carmody (12) 
Addendum, dated January  16, 2018, to Change-In-Control Severance Agreement, dated March 2, 2010, by and among 
Norwood Financial Corp, Wayne Bank and William S. Lance (12) 
Addendum, dated January  16, 2018, to Change-In-Control Severance Agreement, dated January 3, 2013, by and among 
Norwood Financial Corp, Wayne Bank and Robert J. Mancuso (12) 

10.16† 

10.17† 

10.18† 

10.19    Wayne Bank Executive Annual Incentive Plan (15) 
10.20   Salary-Continuation Agreement dated March 1, 2021, between Wayne Bank and John F. Carmody (13) 
21 
23 
31.1 
31.2 
32 

  Subsidiaries of Norwood Financial Corp 
  Consent of S.R. Snodgrass, P.C. 
  Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) Certification of CEO 
  Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) Certification of CFO 
  Certification pursuant to 18 U.S.C. §1350, as adopted pursuant to §906 of Sarbanes Oxley Act of 2002 

 101    The following materials from the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2021, formatted 
in  Inline  XBRL  (Extensible Business  Reporting  Language):  (i)  the  Consolidated  Statements  of  Financial  Condition,  (ii)  the 
Consolidated  Statements  of  Operations;  (iii)  the  Consolidated  Statements  of  Comprehensive  Income,  (iv)  the  Consolidated 
Statements  of  Changes  in  Stockholder’s  Equity,  (v)  the  Consolidated  Statements  of  Cash  Flows  and  (vi)  the  Notes  to 
Consolidated Financial Statements. 
  Inline XBRL Instance Document (The instance document does not appear in the Interactive Data File because its XBRL tags 
are embedded with the Inline XBRL document) 
  Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document 

101.I
NS 
101.S
CH 
101.C
AL 
101.D
EF 
101.L
AB 
101.P
RE 
104 

  Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document 

  Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document 

  Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Labels Linkbase Document 

  Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document 

  Cover Page Interactive Data File (formatted as Inline XBRL and contained in Exhibit 101) 

77 

 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
† 
(1)  

(2)  

(3)  

(4)  

(5)  

(6)  

(7)  

(8)  

(9)  

(10)  

(11)  
(12)  

(13) 

(14) 

(15) 

   Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement. 

Incorporated by reference into this document from the identically numbered exhibit to the Company’s Form 10-Q filed with 
the Commission on August 8, 2014. 
Incorporated herein by reference into this document from the identically numbered Exhibit to the Company’s Form 10, 
Registration Statement initially filed in paper with the Commission on April 29, 1996, Registration No. 0-28364. 
Incorporated herein by reference from the identically numbered exhibits to the Company’s Form 10-K filed with the 
Commission on March 15, 2010. 
Incorporated by reference into this document from Exhibit 10.4 to the Company’s Form 10-K filed with the Commission on 
March 14, 2013. File No 0-28364. 
Incorporated herein by reference into this document from Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Form 10-K filed with the 
Commission on March 23, 2000, File No. 0-28364. 
Incorporated by reference from the exhibits to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Commission on September 5, 
2017. 
Incorporated by reference into this document from Exhibit 10.11 to the Company’s Form 10-K filed with the Commission on 
March 22, 2004, File No. 0-28364. 
Incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-8 (File No. 333-
134831) filed with the Commission on June 8, 2006. 
Incorporated herein by reference from Exhibits 10.1 and 10.5 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed April 4, 
2006. 

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Post-Effective Amendment No. 1 to the Company’s Registration Statement on 
Form S-8 (File No. 333-195643) filed with the Commission on May 4, 2018. 

   Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed February 18, 2015. 

Incorporated by reference into this document from the exhibits to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the 
Commission on January 16, 2018 
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Commission on 
March 2, 2021, (File No. 0-28364). 
Incorporated herein by reference from the identically numbered exhibit to the Company’s Form 10-K filed with the 
Commission on March 13, 2020. 
Incorporated herein by reference from the identically numbered exhibit to the Company’s Form 10-K filed with the 
Commission on March 13, 2020. 

(16)      Incorporated herein by reference from the identically numbered exhibit to the Company’s Form 10-K filed with the  
             Commission on March 9, 2021. 

Item 16.  Form 10-K Summary 

None. 

78 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
  
   
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
SIGNATURES 

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this 

report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized. 

Dated: March 11, 2022 

NORWOOD FINANCIAL CORP 

By: 

/s/ Lewis J. Critelli 
Lewis J. Critelli 
President and Chief Executive Officer  
(Duly Authorized Representative) 

Pursuant to the requirement of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on 
March 11, 2022 on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities indicated. 

/s/ Lewis J. Critelli 
Lewis J. Critelli 
President, Chief Executive Officer and Director 
(Principal Executive Officer) 

/s/ Andrew A. Forte 
Dr. Andrew A. Forte 
Director 

/s/ Joseph W. Adams 
Joseph W. Adams 
Director 

/s/ Ralph A. Matergia 
Ralph A. Matergia 
Director 

/s/ Jeffrey S. Gifford 
Jeffrey S. Gifford 
Director 

/s/ William S. Lance 
William S. Lance 
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer 
(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer) 

/s/ William W. Davis, Jr. 
William W. Davis, Jr. 
Director 

/s/ Susan Campfield 
Susan Campfield 
Director 

/s/ Kevin M. Lamont 
Kevin M. Lamont 
Director 

/s/ Kenneth A. Phillips 
Dr. Kenneth A. Phillips 
Director 

/s/ Alexandra K. Nolan 
Alexandra K. Nolan 
Director 

/s/ Meg L. Hungerford 
Meg L. Hungerford 
Director 

79 

 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

NORWOOD FINANCIAL CORP

DIRECTORY OF OFFICERS

NORWOOD FINANCIAL CORP
William W. Davis, Jr. .......................Chairman of the Board

James M. King ......................................Senior Vice President

Dr. Andrew A. Forte ................Vice Chairman of the Board

Julie R. Kuen ........................................Senior Vice President

Lewis J. Critelli ............ President & Chief Executive Officer  

Linda D. Mader ...................................Senior Vice President

William S. Lance ........................... Executive Vice President,
Chief Financial Officer & Secretary

Barbara A. Ridd ....................................Senior Vice President
& Assistant Secretary

John F. Carmody ........................... Executive Vice President

Michael E. Rollinson ...........................Senior Vice President

Robert J. Mancuso ......................... Executive Vice President

Michael G. Scaglione ...........................Senior Vice President

Vincent G. O’Bell ...............................Senior Vice President,
Chief Lending Officer

WAYNE BANK
William W. Davis, Jr. .......................Chairman of the Board

Dr. Andrew A. Forte ................Vice Chairman of the Board

Lewis J. Critelli ............ President & Chief Executive Officer  

William S. Lance ........................... Executive Vice President,
Chief Financial Officer & Secretary

John F. Carmody .......................... Executive Vice President,
Chief Credit Officer

Robert J. Mancuso ........................ Executive Vice President, 
Chief Operating Officer

Vincent G. O’Bell ................................Senior Vice President
& Chief Lending Officer

Jeffrey E. Franklin ........ President, Bank of the Finger Lakes

Scott D. White ..................President, Bank of Cooperstown 

Ryan J. French  ....................................Senior Vice President,
Director of Human Resources

Steven R. Daniels ................................Senior Vice President,
Retail Lending Manager

Diane M. Wylam ................................Senior Vice President,
Senior Trust Officer

Nancy A. Hart ..................Senior Vice President, Controller
& Assistant Secretary

Kara R. Suchy .......................................Senior Vice President
& Director of Internal Audit

Thomas A. Byrne .................................Senior Vice President

Joseph A. Castrogiovanni ....................Senior Vice President

Kenneth C. Doolittle ...........................Senior Vice President

Eli T. Tomlinson  ..................................Senior Vice President

John D. Veleber ....................................Senior Vice President

Gerald J. Arnese ...............................................Vice President

John M. Baker ..................................................Vice President

Derek C. Bellinger ...........................................Vice President

Joshua Burden ..................................................Vice President

Paul A. Catan ...................................................Vice President

Richard Conners ..............................................Vice President

Francis E. Crowley ...........................................Vice President

Pilar Cueva .......................................................Vice President

Jillian E. Guenther ...........................................Vice President

Amanda L. Hall ...............................................Vice President

Jill A. Hessling ..................................................Vice President

John W. Karavis ................................................Vice President

John E. Koczwara .............................................Vice President

Paul J. Kosiba ...................................................Vice President

Kyle Liner .........................................................Vice President

Kristine Malti .................................................. Vice President

Geraldine Moore ..............................................Vice President

Matthew Murphy .............................................Vice President

Nancy Murray ..................................................Vice President

Andrew B. Rice ................................................Vice President

Briana J. Scholl .................................................Vice President

Frank J. Sislo .....................................................Vice President

Tanyia Vannatta ................................................Vice President

Heidi Westfall ...................................................Vice President

Paul Dunda ...........................................Senior Vice President 

John P. Ford ..........................................Senior Vice President

NORWOOD INVESTMENT CORP
Lewis J. Critelli ............ President & Chief Executive Officer

Karen R. Gasper ...................................Senior Vice President

William S. Lance ...................................................... Treasurer

Dawnette M. Hotaling ........................Senior Vice President

Scott C. Rickard .........Investment Executive, LPL Financial 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ONTARIO

GENEVA
✮

PENN YAN
✮
YATES

COOPERSTOWN
✮

OTSEGO

ONEONTA
✮

FRANKLIN
✮

WALTON
✮

STAMFORD
✮
ROXBURY
✮

HAMDEN
✮

ANDES
✮

DELAWARE

WAYNE

WAYMART

HONESDALE

ROSCOE
✮

CALLICOON

LIBERTY
✮

SULLIVAN

MONTICELLO
✮

WURTSBORO

CLARKS SUMMIT

WILLOW AVE

LACKAWANNA

HAWLEY

CENTRAL
STATION

SHOHOLA

MILFORD

PIKE

MONROE

TANNERSVILLE

MARSHALLS
CREEK

STROUD
MALL

EFFORT

EXETER

HANOVER
TOWNSHIP

LUZERNE

WAYNE COUNTY 
Hawley, PA 
Honesdale, PA 
Lakewood, PA 
Waymart, PA 
Willow Avenue (Honesdale), PA

LACKAWANNA COUNTY 
Central Scranton, PA 
Clarks Summit, PA 

MONROE COUNTY 
Effort, PA 
Marshalls Creek, PA 
Stroud Mall (Stroudsburg), PA 
Tannersville, PA 

LUZERNE COUNTY 
Hanover Township, PA 
Exeter, PA

PIKE COUNTY 
Milford, PA 
Shohola, PA 

DELAWARE COUNTY 
Andes, NY 
Franklin, NY 
Hamden, NY 
Roxbury, NY 
Stamford, NY 
Walton, NY

SULLIVAN COUNTY 
Callicoon, NY 
Liberty, NY 
Monticello, NY 
Roscoe, NY 
Wurtsboro, NY

OTSEGO COUNTY 
Cooperstown, NY 
Oneonta, NY 

ONTARIO COUNTY 
Geneva, NY

YATES COUNTY 
Penn Yan, NY

WWW.WAYNE.BANK

BANKOFTHEFINGERLAKES.COM

BANKOFCOOPERSTOWN.COM